|
1
Toshiba Personal Computer
QOSMIO F10
Maintenance Manual
TOSHIBA CORPORATION
File Number 960-498
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Preface
This maintenance manual describes how to perform hardware service maintenance for the
Toshiba Personal Computer QOSMIO F10.
NOTE: Each model of QOSMIO F10 has a different configuration. For each model’s
configuration, refer to the parts list dedicated to it.
The procedures described in this manual are intended to help service technicians isolate
faulty Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) and replace them in the field.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Four types of messages are used in this manual to bring important information to your
attention. Each of these messages will be italicized and identified as shown below.
DANGER: “Danger” indicates the existence of a hazard that could result in death or
serious bodily injury, if the safety instruction is not observed.
WARNING: “Warning” indicates the existence of a hazard that could result in bodily
injury, if the safety instruction is not observed.
CAUTION: “Caution” indicates the existence of a hazard that could result in property
damage, if the safety instruction is not observed.
NOTE: “Note” contains general information that relates to your safe maintenance
service.
Improper repair of the computer may result in safety hazards. Toshiba requires service
technicians and authorized dealers or service providers to ensure the following safety
precautions are adhered to strictly.
? Be sure to fasten screws securely with the right screwdriver. Be sure to use the PH
Point size “0” and “1” screwdrivers complying with the ISO/DIS 8764-1:1996. If a
screw is not fully fastened, it could come loose, creating a danger of a short circuit,
which could cause overheating, smoke or fire.
? If you replace the battery pack or RTC battery, be sure to use only the same model
battery or an equivalent battery recommended by Toshiba. Installation of the wrong
battery can cause the battery to explode.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
iii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
The manual is divided into the following parts:
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Chapter 4
Hardware Overview describes the QOSMIO F10 system unit and each
FRU.
Troubleshooting Procedures explains how to diagnose and resolve
FRU problems.
Test and Diagnostics describes how to perform test and diagnostic
operations for maintenance service.
Replacement Procedures describes the removal and replacement of the
FRUs.
Appendices The appendices describe the following:
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
Handling the LCD module
Board layout
Pin assignment
Keyboard scan/character codes
Key layout
Wiring diagrams
BIOS Rewrite procedures
EC/KBC Rewrite procedures
Reliability
iv
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Conventions
This manual uses the following formats to describe, identify, and highlight terms and
operating procedures.
Acronyms
On the first appearance and whenever necessary for clarification acronyms are enclosed in
parentheses following their definition. For example:
Read Only Memory (ROM)
Keys
Keys are used in the text to describe many operations. The key top symbol as it appears on
the keyboard is printed in boldface type.
Key operation
Some operations require you to simultaneously use two or more keys. We identify such
operations by the key top symbols separated by a plus (+) sign. For example, Ctrl + Pause
(Break) means you must hold down Ctrl and at the same time press Pause (Break). If
three keys are used, hold down the first two and at the same time press the third.
User input
Text that you are instructed to type in is shown in the boldface type below:
DISKCOPY A: B:
The display
Text generated by the computer that appears on its display is presented in the type face
below:
Format complete
System transferred
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Table of Contents
Chapter 1
Hardware Overview
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
Features...................................................................................................................... 1-1
System Block Diagram.............................................................................................. 1-5
2.5-inch Hard Disk Drive ........................................................................................ 1-10
Optical Drive ........................................................................................................... 1-14
Keyboard.................................................................................................................. 1-19
TFT Color Display................................................................................................... 1-20
Power Supply........................................................................................................... 1-22
Batteries ................................................................................................................... 1-24
AC Adapter.............................................................................................................. 1-27
Chapter 2
Troubleshooting Procedures
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
Troubleshooting......................................................................................................... 2-1
Troubleshooting Flowchart........................................................................................ 2-2
Power Supply Troubleshooting ................................................................................. 2-6
System Board Troubleshooting ............................................................................... 2-16
USB 3.5” FDD Troubleshooting ............................................................................. 2-37
2.5” HDD Troubleshooting ..................................................................................... 2-40
Keyboard Troubleshooting ...................................................................................... 2-45
Touch Pad Troubleshooting..................................................................................... 2-46
Display Troubleshooting ......................................................................................... 2-47
2.10 Optical Drive Troubleshooting................................................................................ 2-50
2.11 Modem Troubleshooting ......................................................................................... 2-51
2.12 LAN Troubleshooting.............................................................................................. 2-52
2.13 Wireless LAN Troubleshooting............................................................................... 2-53
2.14 Sound Troubleshooting............................................................................................ 2-56
2.15 TV Tuner Troubleshooting...................................................................................... 2-58
vi
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
Tests and Diagnostics
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
The Diagnostic Test................................................................................................... 3-1
Executing the Diagnostic Test ................................................................................... 3-4
Setting of the hardware configuration....................................................................... 3-8
Heatrun Test............................................................................................................. 3-11
Subtest Names ......................................................................................................... 3-12
System Test.............................................................................................................. 3-14
Memory Test............................................................................................................ 3-16
Keyboard Test.......................................................................................................... 3-17
Display Test ............................................................................................................. 3-18
3.10 Floppy Disk Test...................................................................................................... 3-21
3.11 Printer Test............................................................................................................... 3-23
3.12 Async Test ............................................................................................................... 3-25
3.13 Hard Disk Test......................................................................................................... 3-26
3.14 Real Timer Test ....................................................................................................... 3-29
3.15 NDP Test ................................................................................................................. 3-31
3.16 Expansion Test......................................................................................................... 3-32
3.17 CD-ROM/DVD-ROM Test..................................................................................... 3-34
3.18 Error Code and Error Status Names ........................................................................ 3-35
3.19 Hard Disk Test Detail Status ................................................................................... 3-38
3.20 Only One Test.......................................................................................................... 3-40
3.21 Head Cleaning ......................................................................................................... 3-47
3.22 Log Utilities ............................................................................................................. 3-48
3.23 Running Test............................................................................................................ 3-50
3.24 Floppy Disk Drive Utilities ..................................................................................... 3-51
3.25 System Configuration.............................................................................................. 3-56
3.26 Wireless LAN Test Program (Intel-made b/g) ........................................................ 3-58
3.27 Wireless LAN Test Program (Intel-made a/b/g) ..................................................... 3-62
3.28 Wireless LAN Test Program (Askey-made)............................................................ 3-67
3.29 LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 Test Program.................................................. 3-71
3.30 Sound Test Program ................................................................................................ 3-85
3.31 SETUP ..................................................................................................................... 3-91
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
vii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
Replacement Procedures
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
Overview.................................................................................................................... 4-1
Battery pack/PC card/Bridge Media.......................................................................... 4-8
HDD......................................................................................................................... 4-12
Memory module....................................................................................................... 4-15
Keyboard/Bluetooth................................................................................................. 4-17
Switch membrane .................................................................................................... 4-22
Optical drive ............................................................................................................ 4-24
Display assembly..................................................................................................... 4-26
SD board/MDC ........................................................................................................ 4-32
4.10 Fan ........................................................................................................................... 4-34
4.11 Wireless LAN board ................................................................................................ 4-36
4.12 System board ........................................................................................................... 4-37
4.13 RTC battery............................................................................................................. 4-40
4.14 TV tuner module/Guide........................................................................................... 4-41
4.15 Heat sink/CPU ......................................................................................................... 4-44
4.16 VGA Heat sink ........................................................................................................ 4-47
4.17 PC card cover........................................................................................................... 4-48
4.18 Speaker/VGA fan..................................................................................................... 4-49
4.19 Battery latch............................................................................................................. 4-51
4.20 Touch pad ................................................................................................................ 4-53
4.21 SJ board ................................................................................................................... 4-55
4.22 Microphone .............................................................................................................. 4-57
4.23 LCD unit/FL inverter............................................................................................... 4-58
4.24 Wireless antennas/ LCD harness ............................................................................. 4-63
4.25 Hinge........................................................................................................................ 4-67
4.26 Fluorescent lamp...................................................................................................... 4-70
viii
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendices
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix C
Appendix D
Appendix E
Appendix F
Appendix G
Appendix H
Appendix I
Handling the LCD Module .........................................................................A-1
Board Layout ..............................................................................................B-1
Pin Assignment...........................................................................................C-1
Keyboard Scan/Character Codes ................................................................D-1
Key Layout .................................................................................................E-1
Wiring Diagrams ........................................................................................F-1
BIOS Rewite procedures ............................................................................G-1
EC/KBC Rewrite procedures......................................................................H-1
Reliability ....................................................................................................I-1
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
ix
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
x
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 1
Hardware Overview
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1 Hardware Overview
1
Hardware Overview
1-ii
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1 Hardware Overview
Chapter 1
Contents
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
Features...................................................................................................................... 1-1
System Block Diagram.............................................................................................. 1-5
2.5-inch Hard Disk Drive ........................................................................................ 1-10
Optical Drive ........................................................................................................... 1-14
Keyboard.................................................................................................................. 1-19
TFT Color Display................................................................................................... 1-20
1.6.1
1.6.2
LCD Module ...................................................................................... 1-20
FL Inverter Board............................................................................... 1-21
1.7
1.8
Power Supply........................................................................................................... 1-22
Batteries ................................................................................................................... 1-24
1.8.1
1.8.2
1.8.3
Main Battery....................................................................................... 1-24
Battery Charging Control................................................................... 1-25
RTC battery........................................................................................ 1-26
1.9
AC Adapter.............................................................................................................. 1-27
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
1-iii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1 Hardware Overview
Figures
Figure 1-1
Figure 1-2
Figure 1-3
Figure 1-4
Figure 1-5
Figure 1-6
Front of the computer and the system units configuration............................ 1-4
System block diagram.................................................................................... 1-5
2.5-inch HDD .............................................................................................. 1-10
DVD Super Muti drive ................................................................................ 1-14
Keyboard...................................................................................................... 1-19
LCD module ................................................................................................ 1-20
Tables
Table 1-1
Table 1-2
Table 1-3
Table 1-4
Table 1-5
Table 1-6
Table 1-7
Table 1-8
Table 1-9
Table 1-10
Table 1-11
Table 1-12
2.5-inch HDD dimensions ........................................................................... 1-10
2.5-inch HDD specifications ....................................................................... 1-12
DVD Super Multi drive outline dimensions ................................................ 1-14
DVD Super Multi specifications ................................................................. 1-15
LCD module specifications ......................................................................... 1-20
FL inverter board specifications .................................................................. 1-21
Power supply output rating.......................................................................... 1-22
Battery specifications................................................................................... 1-24
Time required for charges of main battery.................................................. 1-25
Data preservation time................................................................................. 1-25
Time required for charges of RTC battery.................................................. 1-26
AC adapter specifications ............................................................................ 1-27
1-iv
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1 Hardware Overview
1.1 Features
1
Features
1.1 Features
The QOSMIO F10 series are high performance all-in-one PCs running a Pentium-M
processor.
The features are listed below.
?
Microprocessor
Microprocessor that is used depends on the model.
Mobile Intel ® Pentium ®-M
Pentium-M 1.50GHz (Processor Number ; 715)
1.60GHz (Processor Number ; 725)
1.70GHz (Processor Number ; 735)
1.80GHz (Processor Number ; 745)
2.00GHz (Processor Number ; 755)
2.10GHz (Processor Number ; 765)
L1 cache : 64KB (32KB + 32KB)
L2 cache : 2MB
?
Memory
Two DDR333 SO-DIMM slots. Memory modules can be installed to provide a
maximum of 2GB. Memory modules are available in 256MB, 512MB and 1,024MB
sizes.
?
?
?
VRAM
nVIDIA NV36M is mounted as GPU. VRAM area is 64MB or 128MB.
HDD
Single 60GB, 80GB or 100GB internal drive. 2.5 inch x 9.5mm height.
USB FDD
USB 3.5-inch FDD supports 720KB and 1.44MB.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
1-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1.1 Features
1 Hardware Overview
?
Display
LCD
Built-in 15.4-inch, XGA (1,280 x 800 dots), 262,144 colors, amorphous silicon
TFT color display. Clear Super View LCD.
CRT
Supported via a RGB connector.
TV-out
S-VIDEO/Composite out port is supported. (Supporting NTSC, PAL and
SECAM)
D-VIDEO out port is supported.
?
?
Monitor-IN port
This port can be used as AV input port (for composite video data) and also as line-in
port which enables connection of a stereo device for audio input.
TV-tuner (Mini PCI slot)
On some models, the TV tuner is equipped on the mini PCI slot. This enables to
watch or record TV programs on the PC.
According to the government regulation, it is not permitted to bring this
PAL/SECAM TV tuner into Korea.
?
?
Remote controller
A remote controller for watching TV is supplied for some models.
Keyboard
An-easy-to-use 85(US)/86(UK)-key keyboard provides a numeric keypad overlay for
fast numeric data entry or for cursor and page control. The keyboard also includes
two keys that have special functions in Microsoft? Windows? XP. It supports
software that uses a 101- or 102-key enhanced keyboard.
?
Optical devices
A DVD Super Multi drive is equipped. Some models support DVD+R Double layer
disks.
1-2
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1 Hardware Overview
1.1 Features
?
?
Battery
The RTC battery is mounted inside the computer.
The main battery is a detachable lithium ion battery (4,400mAh:Li-Ion, 6-cell).
USB (Universal Serial Bus)
Four USB ports are provided. The ports comply with the USB2.0 standard, which
enables data transfer speeds 40 times faster than USB1.1 standard. USB1.1 is also
supported.
?
?
PC card slot
PC card slot accepts one Type II (5mm thick) card. The slot is equipped with an
ejector. Supports ToPIC-100 (3.3V/CardBus).
Bridge Media slot
One SD card/Memory stick (PRO)/xDPicture card/Multi media card slot. Data can be
read and written by inserting each media to the slot. Memory stick Duo/PRO Duo and
memory stick adapter are not supported.
?
Sound system
This model has an external monaural microphone jack, stereo headphone jack,
internal stereo speakers and internal microphone.
?
?
?
Wireless LAN (Mini PCI slot)
On some models, the wireless LAN is equipped on the mini PCI slot.
LAN/MODEM
Connectors for LAN and Modem are separately mounted.
IEEE 1394 port
The computer has one IEEE 1394 port. It enables high-speed data transfer directly
from external devices such as digital video cameras.
?
Bluetooth
Depending on the model, the computer is equipped with a dedicated Bluetooth
module which supports v1.2. This enables a communication to devices that support
Bluetooth Version 1.1 and 1.2. It can be switched on or off with a switch on the
computer.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
1-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1.1 Features
1 Hardware Overview
Figure 1-1 shows the front of the computer and the system units configuration.
Figure 1-1 Front of the computer and the system units configuration
1-4
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1 Hardware Overview
1.2 System Block Diagram
1.2 System Block Diagram
Figure 1-2 shows the system block diagram.
Figure 1-2 System block diagram
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
1-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1.2 System Block Diagram
1 Hardware Overview
The PC contains the following components.
?
CPU
Mobile Intel ® Pentium ®-M
Pentium-M 1.50GHz (Processor Number ; 715)
1.60GHz (Processor Number ; 725)
1.70GHz (Processor Number ; 735)
1.80GHz (Processor Number ; 745)
2.00GHz (Processor Number ; 755)
2.10GHz (Processor Number ; 765)
L1 cache : 64KB (32KB + 32KB)
L2 cache : 2MB
Bus : 400Hz
Core voltage : 1.340 to 0.748V
?
?
Memory
Two memory slots capable of accepting DDR-SDRAM (PC2700) 256MB, 512MB,
or 1,024MB memory modules for a maximum of 2GB.
?
?
?
200-pin small-size DIMM
2.5V operation
PC2700 support
BIOS ROM (Flash memory)
?
8Mbit (512K?16-bit chip)
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
224KB used for system BIOS
64KB used for VGA-BIOS
64KB used for logo/icon
60KB used for Intel PXE
32KB used for ACPI
17KB used for booting
16KB used for MBI
16KB used for Parameter Block
19KB are reserved
1-6
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1 Hardware Overview
1.2 System Block Diagram
?
Chipset
This gate array has the following elements and functions.
?
North Bridge (Intel 855PME (MCH-M, B-step))
?
?
?
?
?
Pentium-M processor System Bus support
DRAM Controller : DDR333/DDR266/DDR200 support
AGP Interface (AGP R2.0, AGP x 4 modes)
Hub Link Interface
593-ball 37.5mmx37.5mm FC-BGA Package
?
South Bridge (Intel 82801DBM (ICH4-M))
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
PCI slot
IDE controller
DMA controller
USB host interface
USB 2.0 host controller
UHCI host controller
Interrupt controller
SM Bus interface
ACPI Power management
Firmware Hub interface
Low Pin count (LPC) interface
Real time clock
AC’97 Rev. 2.3 interface
Alert ON LAN (AOL)
421-pin 31mmx31mm BGA Package
?
PC card controller (Texas Instruments-made PCI7411)
?
?
?
?
?
PCI Interface (PCI Rev. 2.3)
PC Card Controller
IEEE1394 Controller
Flash Media Controller
SD Host Controller
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
1-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1.2 System Block Diagram
1 Hardware Overview
?
VGA controller
nVIDIA NV36M
?
?
?
?
?
VRAM 64MB/128MB
AGP 4x (32bit)
TMDS
TV Encoder
?
?
Super I/O (SMSC-made LPC47N217)
?
Two serial ports (NS16C550 compatible)
(1 port is used as Debug port)
Other main system chips
?
?
?
?
PSC (Toshiba-made TMP87PM48U x 1)
Clock Generator (ICS-made 950812CGT x 1)
EC/KBC (Renesas-made HD64F2163BVTE10V x 1)
FWH (ATM-made AT49LW080-33TC/33TL or St-Micro-made
M50FW080N1 x 1)
?
?
?
?
AC97-CODEC (ADI-made AD1981BJSTZ x 1)
Audio AMP (Matsushita-made AN12941AVF x1)
TV Encoder (Conexant-made CX25875 x 1)
SVP (Trident-made 6970-LF x 1)
?
Mini PCI card slot
Two mini PCI card slots are equipped. A wireless LAN module and a TV tuner
module are installed on each slot.
?
Wireless LAN module (Intel-made 802.11b/g or 802.11a/b/g, or Askey-made
802.11b/g or 802.11a/b/g x 1)
2.4GHz DSSS wireless LAN card is equipped in the mini PCI card slot.
Conformity with IEEE 802.11b/g or IEEE 802a/b/g. Transfer speed is
maximum of 11Mbit/sec. Supports 128bit WEP.
?
TV tuner module (Toshiba-made MCPG01 x 1)
It is a capture module with built-in TV tuner function supporting worldwide
broadcasting. It has also MPEG2 hardware encoding function. It encodes TV
broadcasting signal and composite video, s-video and stereo audio signal to
MPEG2 format in real time.
1-8
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1 Hardware Overview
1.2 System Block Diagram
?
?
LAN (Intel-made ED82562 (Kinnereth) x 1)
Controls LAN.
Supports 100Base-TX and 10Base-T.
MODEM (Askey-made 1456VQL4 x 1)
Supported by MDC.
Uses secondary AC97 line.
Data and FAX transmission is available.
Supports ITU-TV.90 or .92.
The transfer speed of data receiving is 56kbps, of data sending is 33.6kbps and of
FAX is 14.4kbps. Actual speed depends on the quality of the line used.
Connected to telephone line through RJ11 MODEM jack.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
1-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1.3 2.5-inch Hard Disk Drive
1 Hardware Overview
1.3 2.5-inch Hard Disk Drive
A compact, high-capacity HDD with a height of 9.5mm. Contains a 2.5-inch magnetic disk
and magnetic heads.
Figure 1-3 shows a view of the 2.5-inch HDD and Tables 1-1 and 1-2 list the specifications.
Figure 1-3 2.5-inch HDD
Table 1-1 2.5-inch HDD dimensions (1/2)
Standard value
Parameter
TOSHIBA
TOSHIBA
TOSHIBA
TOSHIBA
TOSHIBA
TOSHIBA
HDD2188B
HDD2189B
HDD2191V
HDD2194B
HDD2A02B
HDD2A08B
Width
(mm)
69.85
Height
(mm)
Outline
9.5
Depth
(mm)
dimensions
100.0
Weight
(g)
99 (MAX)
95
98
102(MAX)
Standard value
Parameter
HGST
HGST
HGST
HGST
HGST
G8BC0000Z611
G8BC0000Z811
G8BC0001N610
G8BC0001N810
G8BC0001NA10
Width
(mm)
69.85
9.5
Height
(mm)
Outline
Depth
(mm)
dimensions
100.0
100.2
Weight
(g)
99
102 (max)
1-10
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1 Hardware Overview
1.3 2.5-inch Hard Disk Drive
Table 1-1 2.5-inch HDD dimensions (2/2)
Standard value
Parameter
FUJITSU
FUJITSU
FUJITSU
G8BC00019610
G8BC0001C610
G8BC0001HA10
Width
(mm)
70
9.5
Height
Outline
(mm)
Depth
dimensions
(mm)
100.0
99 (MAX)
Weight
(g)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
1-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1.3 2.5-inch Hard Disk Drive
1 Hardware Overview
Table 1-2 2.5-inch HDD specifications (1/2)
Specification (TOSHIBA)
Parameter
Storage size
HDD2189B
HDD2194B
HDD2188B
HDD2191V
HDD2A02B
HDD2 D08B
60GB
80GB
100GB
(formatted)
Speed (RPM)
4,200
5,400
4,200
5,400
4,200
5,400
Data transfer
speed (Mbits/s)
175.0-
341.7
258.0-
394.0
175.0-
341.7
154.3-
298.0
230.6-
445.9
170-373
Interface transfer
rate (MB/s)
100 (Ultra DMA mode)
Storage density
(Kbpi)
-
735
735 (MAX)
88.1
-
759
756(MAX)
110
Track density (Ktpi)
88.1
88.8
78.9
110-120
Average random
seek time
12
(read) (ms)
Average random
seek time
(write) (ms)
12
4
Motor startup time
(ms)
Specification (HGST)
Parameter
G8BC0000Z611
G8BC0001N610
G8BC0000Z811
G8BC0001N810
G8BC0001NA10
100GB
5,400
Storage size
(formatted)
60GB
80GB
Speed (RPM)
4,200
350
5,400
493
4,200
350
5,400
Data transfer speed
(Mbits/s)
493
493
Interface transfer
rate (MB/s)
100 (Ultra DMA mode)
-
Storage density
(Kbpi)
-
764
764
764
Track density (Ktpi)
63
113.2
96
12
113.2
113.2
Average random
seek time
(read) (ms)
Average random
seek time
(write) (ms)
14
5
Motor startup time
(ms)
5
3.5
3.5
3.5
1-12
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1 Hardware Overview
1.3 2.5-inch Hard Disk Drive
Table 1-2 2.5-inch HDD specifications (2/2)
Specification (FUJITSU)
G8BC0001C610
G8BC00019610
G8BC0001HA10
Parameter
Storage size
(formatted)
60GB
100GB
Speed (RPM)
4,200
330.4
5,400
554
4,200
443.2
Data transfer speed
(Mbits/s)
Interface transfer rate
(MB/s)
100 (Ultra DMA mode)
Storage density
(Kbpi)
-
Track density (Ktpi)
-
Average random seek
time (read) (ms)
12
Average random seek
time (write) (ms)
-
Motor startup time
(ms)
3.5
4.0
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
1-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1.4 Optical Drive
1 Hardware Overview
1.4 Optical Drive
This model equipped with the DVD super multidrive as the optical drive. Some drives
support double layer specification.
The DVD Super Multi drive accommodates either 12 cm (4.72-inch) or 8 cm (3.15-inch) CD,
CD-R/RW and DVD. It is a high-performance drive that reads DVD-ROM at maximum 8-
speed and CD at maximum 24-speed (3,600 KB per second). Writing speed depends on the
drive.
The DVD Super Multi drive supporting DVD+R Double layer accommodates either 12 cm
(4.72-inch) or 8 cm (3.15-inch) CD, CD-R/RW and DVD. It is a high-performance drive that
reads DVD-ROM at maximum 8-speed and CD at maximum 24-speed (3,600 KB per
second). Also, it writes CD-R at up to 24-speed, CD-RW at up to 10-speed, DVD-R and
DVD+R at maximum 8-speed, DVD-RW and DVD+RW at maximum 4-speed, DVD-RAM
at maximum 3-speed and DVD+R (double layer) at maximum 2.4-speed.
The DVD Super Multi drive is shown in Figure 1-4. The dimensions and specifications of the
DVD Super Multi drive are described in Table 1-3, Table 1-4.
Figure 1-4 DVD Super Multi drive
Table 1-3 DVD Super Multi drive outline dimensions
Parameter
Standard value
MATSUSHITA
MATSUSHITA
MATSUSHITA
TEAC
Maker
(G8CC0001S610) (G8CC00021610) (G8CC00021611) (G8CC00024611)
Width (mm)
128
12.7 (excluding projections)
129.0
Outline
dimensions
Height (mm)
Depth (mm)
Mass (g)
210 (+/-10)
1-14
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1 Hardware Overview
1.4 Optical Drive
Table 1-4 DVD Super Multi drive specifications (1/4)
Drive Specification
Parameter
MATSUSHITA (G8CC0001S610)
DVD-ROM MAX 8X CAV
CD-ROM MAX 24X CAV
Read(KB/s)
CD-R 16x (Zone CLV)
CD-RW 4X (CLV)
High Speed CD-RW 8X (CLV)
DVD-R 4x (Zone CLV)
DVD-RW 2x (CLV)
Data transfer
speed
Write
DVD+R 2.4x (CLV)
DVD+RW 2.4x (CLV)
DVD-RAM 2x (ZCLV) (4.7GB)
PIO mode 16.6 MB/s (PIO MODE4 supported)
DMA mode 16.6 MB/s (Multi-ward MODE2 supported)
Ultra DMA mode 33.3 MB/s(Ultra DMA MODE2 supported)
ATAPI interface
(MB/s)
CD-ROM
150 (Random)
180 (Random)
2MB
Access time
(ms)
DVD-ROM
Buffer memory
CD-DA, CD-ROM, CD-ROM XA,
Photo CD, Video CD,
CD
CD-Extra(CD+),CD-text
Supported disk
format
DVD-ROM, DVD-R (3.9GB/4.7GB), DVD-RW (Ver1.1)
DVD+R/+RW, DVD Video,
DVD
DVD-RAM (2.6GB/4.7GB/9.4GB)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
1-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1.4 Optical Drive
1 Hardware Overview
Table 1-4 DVD Super Multi drive specifications (2/4)
Drive Specification
Parameter
Matsushita (G8CC00021610)
DVD-ROM MAX 8X CAV
CD-ROM MAX 24X CAV
Read(KB/s)
CD-R MAX 24x (Zone CLV)
CD-RW 4X (CLV)
HSRW MAX 10X (CLV)
USRW 10X (CLV)
Data transfer
speed
Write
DVD-R MAX 8x (Zone CLV)
DVD-RW MAX 4x (Zone CLV)
DVD+R MAX 8x (Zone CLV)
DVD+RW MAX4x (Zone CLV)
DVD-RAM 3x (ZCLV) (4.7GB)
PIO mode 16.6 MB/s (PIO MODE4 supported)
DMA mode 16.6 MB/s (Multi-ward MODE2 supported)
Ultra DMA mode 33.3 MB/s(Ultra DMA MODE2 supported)
ATAPI interface
(MB/s)
CD-ROM
150 (Random)
180 (Random)
2MB
Access time
(ms)
DVD-ROM
Buffer memory
CD-DA, CD-ROM, CD-ROM XA,
Photo CD,
CD
CD-Extra(CD+),CD-text
Supported disk
format
DVD-R, DVD-R, DVD-RW (Ver1.1)
DVD+R/RW, DVD Video,
DVD
DVD-RAM (2.6GB/4.7GB)
1-16
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1 Hardware Overview
1.4 Optical Drive
Table 1-4 DVD Super Multi drive specifications (3/4)
Drive Specification
Parameter
Matsushita (G8CC00021611)
Supporting Double Layer
DVD-ROM MAX 8X CAV
CD-ROM MAX 24X CAV
Read(KB/s)
CD-R MAX 24x (Zone CLV)
CD-RW 4X (CLV)
HSRW MAX 10X (CLV)
USRW 10X (CLV)
Data transfer
speed
DVD-R MAX 8x (Zone CLV)
DVD-RW MAX 4x (Zone CLV)
DVD+R MAX 8x (Zone CLV)
DVD+RW MAX4x (Zone CLV)
DVD-RAM 3x (ZCLV) (4.7GB)
DVD+R DL 2.4x (Zone CLV)
Write
PIO mode 16.6 MB/s (PIO MODE4 supported)
DMA mode 16.6 MB/s (Multi-ward MODE2 supported)
Ultra DMA mode 33.3 MB/s(Ultra DMA MODE2 supported)
ATAPI interface
(MB/s)
CD-ROM
150 (Random)
180 (Random)
2MB
Access time
(ms)
DVD-ROM
Buffer memory
CD-DA, CD-ROM, CD-ROM XA,
Photo CD,
CD
CD-Extra(CD+),CD-text
Supported disk
format
DVD-ROM, DVD-R, DVD-RW (Ver1.1)
DVD+R/RW, DVD Video,
DVD
DVD-RAM (2.6GB/4.7GB)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
1-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1.4 Optical Drive
1 Hardware Overview
Table 1-4 DVD Super Multi drive specifications (4/4)
Drive Specification
Parameter
TEAC (G8CC00024611)
Supporting Double Layer
DVD-ROM MAX 8X CAV
CD-ROM MAX 24X CAV
Read(KB/s)
CD-R MAX 24x (Zone CLV)
CD-RW 4X (CLV)
HSRW MAX 10X (CLV)
USRW 10X (CLV)
Data transfer
speed
DVD-R MAX 8x (Zone CLV)
DVD-RW MAX 4x (Zone CLV)
DVD+R MAX 8x (Zone CLV)
DVD+RW MAX4x (Zone CLV)
DVD-RAM 3x (ZCLV) (4.7GB)
DVD+R DL 2.4x (Zone CLV)
Write
PIO mode 16.6 MB/s (PIO MODE4 supported)
DMA mode 16.6 MB/s (Multi-ward MODE2 supported)
Ultra DMA mode 33.3 MB/s(Ultra DMA MODE2 supported)
ATAPI interface
(MB/s)
CD-ROM
130 (Random)
130 (Random)
2MB
Access time
(ms)
DVD-ROM
Buffer memory
CD-DA, CD-ROM, CD-ROM XA,
Photo CD
CD
CD-Extra(CD+),CD-text
Supported disk
format
DVD-ROM, DVD-R, DVD-RW
DVD+R/RW, DVD Video,
DVD-RAM (2.6GB/4.7GB)
DVD
1-18
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1 Hardware Overview
1.5 Keyboard
1.5 Keyboard
A keyboard which consists of 85(US)/86(UK) keys is mounted on the system unit. The
keyboard is connected to membrane connector on the system board and controlled by the
keyboard controller.
Figure 1-5 is a view of the keyboard.
Figure 1-5 Keyboard
See Appendix E for details of the keyboard layout.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
1-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1.6 TFT Color Display
1 Hardware Overview
1.6 TFT Color Display
The TFT color display is 15.4 inch and consists of LCD module and FL inverter boards.
1.6.1 LCD Module
The LCD module used for the TFT color display uses two backlights as the light source and
can display a maximum of 262,144 colors with 1,280 x 800 resolution.
Figure 1-6 shows a view of the LCD module and Table 1-5 lists the specifications.
Figure 1-6 LCD module
Table 1-5 LCD module specifications
Specifications
Item
Samsung (G33C0002A110)
Number of Dots
1,280(W) No 800(H)
0.25875(H)No 0.25875(V)
331.2(H)No 207.0(V)
Dot spacing (mm)
Display range (mm)
1-20
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1 Hardware Overview
1.6 TFT Color Display
1.6.2 FL Inverter Board
The FL inverter board supplies a high frequency current to illuminate the LCD module FL.
Table 1-6 lists the FL inverter board specifications.
Table 1-6 FL inverter board specifications
Specifications
Item
G71C0004F310
Input
Voltage (V)
Power (W)
Voltage (V)
5 (DC)
18
Output
900 (rms)
Current
7 (rms)
(f=70KHz)(mA)
(x 2 output)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
1-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1.7 Power Supply
1 Hardware Overview
1.7 Power Supply
The power supply supplies twenty-five different voltages to the system board.
The power supply microcontroller has the following functions.
1. Judges if the DC power supply (AC adapter) is connected to the computer.
2. Detects DC output and circuit malfunctions.
3. Controls the battery icon, and DC IN icon.
4. Turns the battery charging system on and off and detects a fully charged battery.
5. Turns the power supply on and off.
6. Provides more accurate detection of a low battery.
7. Calculates the remaining battery capacity.
8. Controls the transmission of the status signal of the main battery.
Table 1-7 lists the power supply output specifications.
Table 1-7 Power supply output rating (1/2)
Power supplied ( Yes/No)
Voltage
Use
Name
[V]
Power OFF
Suspend mode
Power OFF
Boot mode
No
Battery
1.308 –
0.748
PPV
No
No
No
CPU
PTV
1.07
1.20
1.8
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
CPU, MCH, ICH4-M
GPU
PGV
No
1R8-P1V
1R2-P1V
1R25-B1V
1R5-P1V
1R5-S1V
No
CPU, MCH, ICH4-M
MCH
1.2
No
1.25
1.5
Yes
No
DDR-SDRAM Termination
MCH, ICH4-M, GPU
ICH4-M
1.5
Yes
GPU, SDRAM(GFX), SVP,
LVDS
2R5-P2V
2.5
No
No
No
2R5-B2V
FM-E3V
BT-P3V
2.5
3.3
3.3
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
MCH, DDR-SDRAM
Media Bridge
Bluetooth
No
1-22
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1 Hardware Overview
1.7 Power Supply
Table 1-7 Power supply output rating (2/2)
Power supplied ( Yes/No)
Voltage
[V]
Use
Name
Power OFF
Power OFF
Boot mode
No
Suspend mode
Battery
USB0PS-E5V
USB1PS-E5V
SND-P5V
A4R7-P4V
MCV
5
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
USB
5
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
USB
5
AN12941
4.7
5
No
AD1981B, AN12941
PSC
Yes
Clock Generator, Thermal
Sensor, SDRAM(SPD),
ICH4-M, Mini-PCI, LAN,
WW-Tuner, FWH, Super
I/O, AD1981B,IEEE1394,
TV-Encoder, LCD,
P3V
3.3
No
No
No
No
Headphone, GPU, SVP,
TMDS, AMP
Mini-PCI, HDD, ODD, WW-
Tuner, KB, T-PAD, GPU
P5V
5
No
No
E3V
E5V
S3V
M3V
M5V
R3V
3.3
5
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Card Cont., Mini-PCI, MDC
PC-Card, USB
No
3.3
3.3
5
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
ICH4-M, IR Cont.
EC/KBC
EC/KBC, System LED
ICH4-M(RTC)
2.0 - 3.6 Yes
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
1-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1.8 Batteries
1 Hardware Overview
1.8 Batteries
The PC has the following two batteries.
?
?
Main battery
Real time clock (RTC) battery
Table 1-8 lists the specifications for these two batteries.
Table 1-8 Battery specifications
Battery Name
G71C0004H210
Battery Element
Output Voltage
Capacity
G71C0004H610
G71C0004H110
G71C0004H510
Main battery
Lithium ion
10.8V
2.4V
4,400 mAh
Real time clock
(RTC) battery
P71035009115
Nickel hydrogen
15 mAh
1.8.1 Main Battery
The main battery is the primary power supply for the computer when the AC adapter is not
connected. In Stand by mode, the main battery maintains the current status of the computer.
1-24
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1 Hardware Overview
1.8 Batteries
1.8.2 Battery Charging Control
Battery charging is controlled by a power supply microprocessor. The power supply
microprocessor controls power supply and detects a full charge when the AC adaptor and
battery are connected to the computer.
?
Battery Charge
When the AC adapter is connected, normal charging is used while the system is
turned on and quick charge is used while the system is turned off. (See Table 1-9)
Table 1-9 Time required for charges of main battery
Condition
Normal charge
Quick charge
Charging Time
About 4.0 to 12.0 hours
About 3.0 hours
Charge is stopped in the following cases.
1. The main battery is fully charged
2. The main battery is removed
3. Main battery or AC adapter voltage is abnormal
4. Charging current is abnormal
?
Data preservation time
When turning off the power in being charged fully, the preservation time is as
follows: (See Table 1-10)
Table 1-10 Data preservation time
Condition
preservation time
About 2 days
Standby
Shutdown, Hibernation
About 15 days
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
1-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1.8 Batteries
1 Hardware Overview
1.8.3 RTC Battery
The RTC battery provides the power supply to maintain the date, time, and other system
information in memory.
Table 1-11 lists the Time required for charges of RTC batteryand data preservation time.
Table 1-11 Time required for charges of RTC battery
Condition
Time
Power ON (Lights Power LED)
More than 8 hours
Data preservation tome (Full-charged)
About a month
1-26
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1 Hardware Overview
1.9 AC Adapter
1.9 AC Adapter
The AC adapter is used to charge the battery.
Table 1-12 lists the AC adapter specifications.
Table 1-12 AC adapter specifications
Parameter
Specification
(G71C00024410)
90W (Peak 105W)
AC 100 to 240V
50Hz/60Hz
Power
Input voltage
Input frequency
Input voltage
Output voltage
Output current
1.3A or less
DC 15V
6.0A
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
1-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1.9 AC Adapter
1 Hardware Overview
1-28
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 2
Troubleshooting Procedures
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2
2-ii
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Chapter 2
Contents
2.1
2.2
2.3
Troubleshooting .........................................................................................................2-1
Troubleshooting Flowchart........................................................................................2-2
Power Supply Troubleshooting..................................................................................2-6
Procedure 1
Procedure 2
Procedure 3
Procedure 4
Procedure 5
Power Status Check ...............................................................2-6
Error Code Check...................................................................2-8
Connection Check................................................................2-14
Charging Check....................................................................2-14
Replacement Check..............................................................2-15
2.4
System Board Troubleshooting................................................................................2-16
Procedure 1
Procedure 2
Procedure 3
Procedure 4
Message Check ....................................................................2-17
Debug Port Check ................................................................2-19
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check .........................2-36
Replacement Check..............................................................2-36
2.5
2.6
USB 3.5” FDD Troubleshooting..............................................................................2-37
Procedure 1
Procedure 2
Procedure 3
FDD Head Cleaning Check..................................................2-37
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check .........................2-38
Connector Check and Replacement Check..........................2-39
2.5” HDD Troubleshooting......................................................................................2-40
Procedure 1
Procedure 2
Procedure 3
Procedure 4
Procedure 5
Partition Check.....................................................................2-40
Message Check ....................................................................2-41
Format Check.......................................................................2-42
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check .........................2-43
Connector Check and Replacement Check..........................2-44
2.7
2.8
Keyboard Troubleshooting ......................................................................................2-45
Procedure 1
Procedure 2
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check .........................2-45
Connector Check and Replacement Check..........................2-45
Touch Pad Troubleshooting.....................................................................................2-46
Procedure 1
Procedure 2
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check .........................2-46
Connector Check and Replacement Check..........................2-46
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-iii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.9
Display Troubleshooting..........................................................................................2-47
Procedure 1
Procedure 2
Procedure 3
Procedure 4
External Monitor Check.......................................................2-47
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check .........................2-47
Connector Check and Cable Check .....................................2-48
Replacement Check..............................................................2-49
2.10 Optical Drive Troubleshooting ................................................................................2-50
Procedure 1
Procedure 2
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check .........................2-50
Connector Check and Replacement Check..........................2-50
2.11 Modem Troubleshooting..........................................................................................2-51
Procedure 1
Procedure 2
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check .........................2-51
Connector Check and Replacement Check..........................2-51
2.12 LAN Troubleshooting..............................................................................................2-53
Procedure 1
Procedure 2
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check .........................2-53
Connector Check and Replacement Check..........................2-53
2.13 Wireless LAN Troubleshooting...............................................................................2-54
Procedure 1
Procedure 2
Procedure 3
Transmitting-Receiving Check ............................................2-54
Antennas' Connection Check ...............................................2-55
Replacement Check..............................................................2-56
2.14 Sound Troubleshooting............................................................................................2-57
Procedure 1
Procedure 2
Procedure 3
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check .........................2-57
Connector Check..................................................................2-57
Replacement Check..............................................................2-58
2.15 TV Tuner Troubleshooting ......................................................................................2-59
Procedure 1
Connector Check and Replacement Check..........................2-59
2-iv
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Figures
Figure 2-1
Figure 2-2
Troubleshooting flowchart.............................................................................2-3
A set of tool for debug port test ...................................................................2-19
Tables
Table 2-1
Table 2-2
Table 2-3
Table 2-4
Table 2-5
Table 2-6
Table 2-7
Table 2-8
Battery icon....................................................................................................2-6
DC IN icon.....................................................................................................2-7
Error code ......................................................................................................2-9
Debug port (Boot mode) error status ..........................................................2-20
Debug port (Suspend mode) error status .....................................................2-29
Debug port (Resume mode) error status ......................................................2-32
FDD error code and status ...........................................................................2-38
2.5” Hard disk drive error code and status...................................................2-43
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2-vi
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.1 Troubleshooting
2
2.1 Troubleshooting
Chapter 2 describes how to determine which Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) in the computer is
causing the computer to malfunction. (The “FRU” means the replaceable unit in the field.)
The FRUs covered are:
1. Power supply
2. System Board
3. 3.5” USB FDD
4. 2.5” HDD
6. Touch pad
7. Display
11. Wireless LAN
12. Sound
13. TV Tuner
8. Optical Drive
9. Modem
5. Keyboard
10. LAN
The Test Program operations are described in Chapter 3. Detailed replacement procedures are
described in Chapter 4.
NOTE: After replacing the system board or CPU, it is necessary to execute the subtest 01
Initial configuration of 3.3 Setting of the hardware configuration in Chapter 3.
The following tools are necessary in addition to tools described in Chapter 3 for implementing
the Diagnostics procedures:
1. Phillips screwdrivers
2. Toshiba MS-DOS system FD
3. Tester
There are following two types of connections in the figures of board and module connection in
and after 2.3 Power Supply Troubleshooting.
(1) Cable connection is described as line in the figures.
(2) Pin connection is described as arrow in the figure.
<e.g> Connection of modem
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.2 Troubleshooting Flowchart
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.2 Troubleshooting Flowchart
Use the flowchart in Figure 2-1 as a guide for determining which troubleshooting procedures
to execute. Before going through the flowchart steps, verify the following:
? Ask the user if a password is registered and, if it is, ask him or her to enter the
password.
? Verify with the customer that Toshiba Windows XP Home Edition or Windows XP
Media Center Edition is installed on the hard disk. Non-Windows operating systems
can cause the computer to malfunction.
? Make sure all optional equipment is removed from the computer.
2-2
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.2 Troubleshooting Flowchart
Figure 2-1 Troubleshooting flowchart (1/2)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.2 Troubleshooting Flowchart
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Figure 2-1 Troubleshooting flowchart (2/2)
2-4
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.2 Troubleshooting Flowchart
If the diagnostics program cannot detect an error, the problem may be intermittent. The Test
program should be executed several times to isolate the problem. Check the Log Utilities
function to confirm which diagnostic test detected an error(s), and perform the appropriate
troubleshooting procedures as follows:
1. If an error is detected on the system test, memory test, display test, printer test, Async
test, expansion test, real timer test, NDP test or Modem/LAN/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 test,
perform the System Board Troubleshooting Procedures in Section 2.4.
2. If an error is detected on the floppy disk test, perform the USB FDD Troubleshooting
Procedures in Section 2.5.
3. If an error is detected on the hard disk test, perform the HDD Troubleshooting
Procedures in Section 2.6.
4. If an error is detected on the test for keyboard in ONLY ONE test program, perform
the Keyboard Troubleshooting Procedures in Section 2.7.
5. If an error is detected on the test for touch pad in ONLY ONE test program, perform
the Touch pad Troubleshooting Procedures in Section 2.8.
6. If an error is detected on the display test, perform the Display Troubleshooting
Procedures in Section 2.9.
7. If an error is detected on the CD-ROM/DVD-ROM test, perform the Optical Drive
Troubleshooting Procedures in Section 2.10.
8. If an error is detected on the Modem test, perform the ModemTroubleshooting
Procedures in Section 2.11.
9. If an error is detected on the LAN test, perform the LAN Troubleshooting Procedures
in Section 2.12.
10. If an error is detected on the Wireless LAN test, perform the Wireless LAN
Troubleshooting Procedures in Section 2.13.
11. If an error is detected on the Sound test, perform the Sound Troubleshooting
Procedures in Section 2.14.
12. If any trouble occurs on the TV tuner function, perform the TV tuner Troubleshooting
Procedures in Section2.15.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.3 Power Supply Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.3 Power Supply Troubleshooting
The power supply controller controls many functions and components. To determine if the
power supply is functioning properly, start with Procedure 1 and continue with the other
Procedures as instructed. The procedures described in this section are:
Procedure 1: Power Status Check
Procedure 2: Error Code Check
Procedure 3: Connection Check
Procedure 4: Charging Check
Procedure 5: Replacement Check
Procedure 1
Power Status Check
The following icons indicate the power supply status:
? Battery icon
? DC IN icon
The power supply controller displays the power supply status with the Battery iconand the
DC IN icon as listed in the tables below.
Table 2-1 Battery icon
Battery icon
Power supply status
Lights orange
Battery is charged and the external DC is input. It has no
relation with ON/OFF of the system power.
Lights green
Battery is fully charged and the external DC is input. It has
no relation with ON/OFF of the system power.
Blinks orange
The battery level is low while the system power is ON.
(even intervals)
Blinks orange once
(at being switched on)
The system is driven by only a battery and the battery level
is low.
Doesn’t light
Any condition other than those above.
2-6
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.3 Power Supply Troubleshooting
Table 2-2 DC IN icon
DC IN icon
Power supply status
Lights green
Blinks orange
Doesn’t light
DC power is being supplied from the AC adapter.
Power supply malfunction*1
Any condition other than those above.
*1 When the power supply controller detects a malfunction, the DC IN icon blinks
orange. It shows an error code.
When the iconis blinking, perform the following procedure.
1. Remove the battery pack and the AC adapter.
2. Re-attach the battery pack and the AC adapter.
If the icon is still blinking after the operation above, check the followings:
Check 1 If the DC IN icon blinks orange, go to Procedure 2.
Check 2 If the DC IN icon does not light, go to Procedure 3.
Check 3 If the battery icon does not light orange or green, go to Procedure 4.
NOTE: Use the supplied AC adapter G71C00024410.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.3 Power Supply Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Procedure 2
Error Code Check
If the power supply microprocessor detects a malfunction, the DC IN icon blinks orange. The
blink pattern indicates an error as shown below.
? Start
Off for 2 seconds
? Error code (8 bit)
“1”
On for one second
On for half second
Off for half second
“0”
Interval between data bits
The error code begins with the least significant digit.
Example:
Error code 11h (Error codes are given in hexadecimal format.)
Start
Check 1 Convert the DC IN icon blink pattern into the hexadecimal error code and compare
it to the tables below. Then go to Check 2.
2-8
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.3 Power Supply Troubleshooting
Table 2-3 Error code
Error code Where error occurs
DC Power (AC Adapter)
1*h
2*h
3:h
4*h
5*h
6*h
7*h
8*h
9*h
A*h
B*h
C*h
D*h
E*h
Main battery
2nd battery
S3V output
1R5-C1V output (P61)
1R5-C1V output (P62)
PPV output
PTV output
E5V output
E3V output
2R5-P2V output
PGV output
1R25-B1V output
2R5-B2V output
? DC power supply (AC adapter)
Error code Meaning
10h
11h
12h
13h
14h
AC Adapter output voltage is over 16.5V.
Common Dock output voltage is over 16.5V.
Current from the DC power supply is over 12.0A.
Current from the DC power supply is over 0.5A when there is no load.
Abnormal current has been sensed.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.3 Power Supply Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
? Main Battery
Error code Meaning
21h
22h
23h
24h
25h
Main battery charge current is over 12.0A.
Main battery discharge current is over 0.5A when there is no load.
Main battery charge current is over 3.9A when AC adapter is not connected.
Abnormal current has been sensed.
Main battery charge current is over 0.3A when the charging is off.
? Second Battery
Error code Meaning
31h
32h
33h
34h
35h
Second battery charge current is over 12.0A.
Second battery discharge current is over 0.5A when there is no load.
Second battery charge current is over 3.1A when AC adapter is not connected.
Abnormal current has been sensed.
Second battery charge current is over 0.3A when the charging is off.
? S3V output
Error code Meaning
40h
45h
S3V voltage is 2.81Vor less when the computer is powered on/off.
S3V voltage is 2.81V or less when the computer is booting up.(CV support)
? 1R5-C1V output (P61)
Error code Meaning
50h
51h
52h
53h
54h
55h
1R5-C1 voltage is over 1.80V when the computer is powered on/off.
1R5-C1 voltage is 1.275V or less when the computer is powered on.
1R5-C1 voltage is 1.275V or less when the computer is booting up.
1R5-C1 voltage is 1.275V or less while the computer is suspended.
1R5-C1 voltage is abnormal while the computer is shutdown. (CV support)
1R5-C1 voltage is 1.275V or less when the computer is booting up. (CV support)
2-10
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.3 Power Supply Troubleshooting
? 1R5-C1V output
Error code Meaning
60h
61h
62h
63h
64h
65h
1R5-C1V voltage is over 2.16V when the computer is powered on/off.
1R5-C1V voltage is 1.275V or less when the computer is powered on.
1R5-C1V voltage is 1.275V or less when the computer is booting up.
1R5-C1V voltage is 1.275V or less while the computer is suspended.
1R5-C1V voltage is abnormal while the computer is shutdown. (CV support)
1R5-C1V voltage is 1.275V or less when the computer is booting up. (CV support)
? PPV output
Error code Meaning
70h
71h
72h
73h
PPV voltage is over 1.80V when the computer is powered on/off.
PPV voltage is 0.56V or less when the computer is powered on.
PPV voltage is 0.56V or less when the computer is booting up.
PPV voltage is 0.56V or more when the computer is powered off.
? PTV output
Error code Meaning
80h
81h
82h
83h
84h
PTV voltage is over 1.26 when the computer is powered on/off.
PTV voltage is 0.68V or less when the computer is powered on.
PTV voltage is 0.68V or less when the computer is booting up.
PTV voltage is 0.68V or more when the computer is powered off.
PTV voltage is 0.68V or less while the computer is suspended.
? E5V output
Error code
90h
Meaning
E5V voltage is over 6.00V when the computer is powered on/off.
E5V voltage is 4.50V or less when the computer is powered on.
E5V voltage is 4.50V or less when the computer is booting up.
E5V voltage is 4.50V or more when the computer is powered off.
E5V voltage is 4.50V or less while the computer is suspended.
91h
92h
93h
94h
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.3 Power Supply Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
? E3V output
Error code
A0h
Meaning
E3V voltage is over 3.96V when the computer is powered on/off.
E3V voltage is 2.81V or less when the computer is powered on.
E3V voltage is 2.81V or less when the computer is booting up.
E3V voltage is 2.81V or more when the computer is powered off.
E3V voltage is 2.81V or less when the computer is suspended.
A1h
A2h
A3h
A4h
? 2R5-P2V output
Error code Meaning
B0h
B1h
B2h
B3h
2R5-P2V voltage is over 3.00V when the computer is powered on/off.
2R5-P2V voltage is 1.53V or less when the computer is powered on.
2R5-P2V voltage is 1.53V or less when the computer is booting up.
2R5-P2V voltage is 1.53V or more when the computer is powered off.
? PGV output
Error code
C0h
Meaning
PGV voltage is over 1.62V when the computer is powered on/off.
PGV voltage is 0.68V or less when the computer is powered on.
PGV voltage is 0.68V or less when the computer is booting up.
PGV voltage is 0.68V or more when the computer is powered off.
PGV voltage is 0.68V or less while the computer is suspended.
C1h
C2h
C3h
C4h
? 1R25-B1V output
Error code
D0h
Meaning
1R25-B1V voltage is over 1.50V when the computer is powered on/off.
1R25-B1V voltage is 1.063V or less when the computer is powered on.
1R25-B1V voltage is 1.063V or less when the computer is booting up.
1R25-B1V voltage is 1.063V or more when the computer is powered off.
1R25-B1V voltage is 1.063V or less while the computer is suspended.
D1h
D2h
D3h
D4h
2-12
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.3 Power Supply Troubleshooting
? 2R5-B2V output
Error code
E0h
Meaning
2R5-B2V voltage is over 3.00V when the computer is powered on/off.
2R5-B2V voltage is 2.125V or less when the computer is powered on.
2R5-B2V voltage is 2.125V or less when the computer is booting up.
2R5-B2V voltage is 2.125V or more when the computer is powered off.
2R5-B2V voltage is 2.125V or less while the computer is suspended.
E1h
E2h
E3h
E4h
Check 2 In the case of error code 10h or 12h:
? Make sure the AC adapter and AC power cord are firmly plugged into the DC
IN 15 V socket and wall outlet. If the cables are connected correctly, go to the
following step:
? Connect a new AC adapter and AC power cord. If the error still exists, go to
Procedure 5.
Check 3 In the case of error code 21h:
? Go to Procedure 3.
Check 4 For any other errors, go to Procedure 5.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.3 Power Supply Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Procedure 3
Connection Check
The wiring diagramrelated to the power supply is shown below:
Any of the connectors may be disconnected. Perform Check 1.
Check 1 Make sure the AC adapter and the AC power cord are firmly plugged into the DC
IN 15 V socket and wall outlet. If these cables are connected correctly, go to Check
2.
Check 2 Replace the AC adapter and the AC power cord with new ones.
?
?
If the DC IN icon does not light, go to Procedure 5.
If the battery icon does not light, go to Check 3.
Check 3 Make sure the battery pack is installed in the computer correctly. If the battery is
properly installed and the battery icon still does not light, go to Procedure 4.
Procedure 4
Charging Check
Check if the power supply controller charges the battery pack properly. Perform the following
procedures:
Check 1 Make sure the AC adapter is firmly plugged into the DC IN socket.
Check 2 Make sure the batterypack is properly installed. If the battery is properly installed,
go to Check 3.
Check 3 The battery pack may be completely discharged. Wait a few minutes to charge the
battery pack while connecting the battery pack and the AC adapter. If the battery
pack is still not charged, go to Check 4.
Check 4 The battery’s temperature is too high or low. Return the temperature to normal
operating condition. If the battery pack is still not charged, go to Check 5.
Check 5 Replace the battery pack with a new one. If the battery pack is still not charged, go
to Procedure 5.
2-14
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.3 Power Supply Troubleshooting
Procedure 5
Replacement Check
The power is supplied to the system board by the AC adapter. If either the AC adapter or the
system board was damaged, perform the following Checks.
To disassemble the computer, follow the steps described in Chapter 4, Replacement
Procedures.
Check 1 Replace the AC adapter with a new one. If the AC adapter is still not functioning
properly, perform Check 2.
Check 2 Replace the system board witha new one.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
This section describes how to determine if the system board is defective. Start with Procedure
1 and continue with the other procedures as instructed. The procedures described in this
section are:
Procedure 1: Message Check
Procedure 2: Debug Port Check
Procedure 3: Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
Procedure 4: Replacement Check
2-16
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
Procedure 1
Message Check
When the power is turned on, the system performs the Initial Reliability Test (IRT) installed
in the BIOS ROM. The IRT tests each IC on the system board and initializes it.
? If an error message is shown on the display, perform Check 1.
? If there is no error message, go to Procedure 2.
? If MS-DOS, Windows XP Home Edition or Windows XP Media Center Edition is
properly loaded, go to Procedure 4.
Check 1 If one of the following error messages is displayed on the screen, press F1 as the
message instructs. These errors occur when the system configuration preserved in
the RTC memory (CMOS type memory) is not the same as the actual configuration
or when the data is lost.
If you press F1 as the message instructs, the SETUP screen appears to set the
system configuration. If error message (b) appears often when the power is turned
on, replace the RTC battery. If any other error message is displayed, perform
Check 2.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
*** Bad HDD type ***
Check system. Then press [F1] key ......
*** Bad RTC battery ***
Check system. Then press [F1] key ......
*** Bad configuration ***
Check system. Then press [F1] key ......
*** Bad memory size ***
Check system. Then press [F1] key ......
*** Bad time function ***
Check system. Then press [F1] key ......
*** Bad check sum (CMOS) ***
Check system. Then press [F1] key ......
*** Bad check sum (ROM) ***
Check system. Then press [F1] key ......
Check 2 If the following error message is displayed on the screen, press any key as the
message instructs.
The following error message appears when data stored in RAM under the resume
function is lost because the battery has become discharged or the system board is
damaged. Go to Procedure 3.
WARNING: RESUME FAILURE.
PRESS ANY KEY TO CONTINUE.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
If any other error message displays, perform Check 3.
Check 3 The IRT checks the system board. When the IRT detects an error, the system stops
or an error message appears.
If one of the following error messages (1) through (17), (22) or (23) is displayed,
go to Procedure 4.
If error message (18) is displayed, go to the Keyboard Troubleshooting Procedures
in Section 2.7.
If error message (19), (20) or (21) is displayed, go to the 2.5” HDD
Troubleshooting Procedures in Section 2.6.
(1) PIT ERROR
(2) MEMORY REFRESH ERROR
(3) TIMER CH.2 OUT ERROR
(4) CMOS CHECKSUM ERROR
(5) CMOS BAD BATTERY ERROR
(6) FIRST 64KB MEMORY ERROR
(7) FIRST 64KB MEMORY PARITY ERROR
(8) VRAM ERROR
(9) SYSTEM MEMORY ERROR
(10) SYSTEM MEMORY PARITY ERROR
(11) EXTENDED MEMORY ERROR
(12) EXTENDED MEMORY PARITY ERROR
(13) DMA PAGE REGISTER ERROR
(14) DMAC #1 ERROR
(15) DMAC #2 ERROR
(16) PIC #1 ERROR
(17) PIC #2 ERROR
(18) KBC ERROR
(19) HDC ERROR
(20) HDD #0 ERROR
(21) HDD #1 ERROR
(22) TIMER INTERRUPT ERROR
(23) RTC UPDATE ERROR
2-18
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
Procedure 2
Debug Port Check
Check the D port status by a debug port test. The tool for debug port test is shown below.
Figure 2-2 A set of tool for debug port test
The test procedures are follows:
1. Connect the debug test cable to the connector CN3400 of the system board. For
disassembling to connect the test cable, refer to Chapter 4.
2. Connect the debug port test cable and RS-232C cross-cable to the test board.
3. Connect the RS-232C cross-cable to the PC that displays the results.
4. Boot the computer in MS-DOS mode.
5. Execute GETDPORT.COM in the text menu in CPU REAL mode. (Insert the FD for
starting D port into FDD and input “FD starting drive:>dport”.)
The D port status is displayed in the following form;
6. When the D port status is FFFFh (normal status), go to Procedure 4.
7. When the D port status falls into any status in Table 2-4 except FFFFh, execute Check
1.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Table 2-4 Debug port (Boot mode) error status (1/9)
D port status
Inspection items
Details
Permission of A20 and Clear of
software reset bit
Prohibition of APIC
Initialization of MCHM, ICHM
Initialization of Super I/O
Initialization of debug port
rd
Dummy read of 3 Bus data
Setting of printer port (for models
supporting printer)
F000h
PIT CH0 initialization (for
HOLD_ON)
BIOS rewrite factor flag
initialization
CHECK SUM CHECK
Transition to protected mode
Boot block checksum (skipped when
returned to S3)
Halts when error occurs
Checksum other than boot block (skip
when returned to S3)
F001h
EC/KBC rewrite check
If “rewrite” is requested, go to “BIOS rewrite
process”.
Transition of process to System
BIOS IRT when returned to S3
Key input
When a key is pressed, check if it is Tilde
key or Tab key.
F002h
F003h
BIOS rewrite request check
If Checksum check error occurred on
except Boot Block or rewrite is required by
user, go to “BIOS rewrite process”.
Transits to System BIOS IRT.
BIOS rewrite process
Initialization of ICHM. D31
DRAM configuration
Permission of cache (L1 cache only)
Memory clear
Transition to real mode and copy of BIOS
to RAM
2-20
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
Table 2-4 Debug port (Boot mode) error status (2/9)
D port status
Inspection items
Details
F004h/F005h
Saving key scan code
Setting TASK_1ms_TSC
Controlling fan
Enabling system speaker
Initializing sound items (for
BEEP)
Releasing mute
Making the volume max. (for models whose
volume can be controlled)
Blinks green (cycle:2s, on:1s, off:1s)
When BIOS, EC/KBC rewriting
is requested
When BIOS ROM is abnormal
Key input
Blinks orange (cycle:2s, on:1s, off:1s)
Prohibition of USB
BEEP
Waiting for key input
FDC reset
Reading CHGBIOSA.EXE /
CHGFIRMA.EXE
Setting parameters for 2HD(1.44MB)
Reading of first sector, If it is the data of
1.44MB (2HD), the media type is definite.
Setting of parameters for 2DD (720KB)
Retrieval of “CHGBIOSA.EXE ” from the root
directory.
Calculation of directory start head and
sector
Read 1 sector of the root directory
Retrieval of entry of “CHGBIOSA.EXE”
/“CHGFIRMA.EXE” from the sector read.
Reading of EXE header of “CHGBIOSA.EXE”
and “CHGFIRMA.EXE”
Key input when error occurred.
Execution of “CHGBIOSA.EXE ” and
“CHGFIRMA.EXE”
F100h
Prohibition of cache
Permission of L1/L2 cache of
FlashROM area
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Table 2-4 Debug port (Boot mode) error status (3/9)
D port status
Inspection items
Details
(F100h)
Initialization of MCHM
Initialization of H/W (before DRAM
recognition)
Initialization of ICH4M.D31.Func0
Initialization of ICH4M.D31.Func1
Initialization of USB.Func0,1,2,7
Initialization of ICH4M.D31.Func3
Initialization of ICH4M.D31.Func5
Initialization of TI
Initialization of PIT channel 1
(Setting the refresh interval to “30?s”)
F101h
F102h
When unsupported memory connected,
beeps and halts.
When DRAM size = 0, halts.
Checking DRAM type and size (at
cold boot)
Testing the stack area of SM-RAM
Configuring cache memory
When it can not be used, halts.
Permission of L1/L2 cache
memory
Checking the access of a CMOS
(Only in Cold Boot)
When error detected, halts
Examining the battery level of
CMOS
Checksum check of CMOS
Initializing data in CMOS (1)
(Setting of boot status and IRT busy flag,
The rest bits are 0)
Setting up IRT status
Storing the size of DRAM
F103h
Branch of resuming( only in Cold
Boot)
When a CMOS error is detected, it does
not resume.
If “resume status code” is not set, no
resume occurs.
2-22
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
Table 2-4 Debug port (Boot mode) error status (4/9)
D port status
Inspection items
Details
(F103h)
Resume error check
S3 recovery error (ICH)
Resume error F17AH
SM-RAM checksum check
Resume error F173H
Memory configuration change check
Resume error F173H
Checksum check of system BIOS RAM area
Resume error F179H
Checksum check of expansion memory
Resume error F176H
Checksum check of PnP RAM
Resume error F177H
To resume process (RESUME_MAIN)
Returns the CPU clock to “Low”
Prohibition of all SMIs
To resume error process
Clears resume status
Returns to ROM
Forwards the area of C0000h to EFFFFh to PCI
(prohibition of DRAM)
Sets resume error request
Halts, when error occurred
Copying ROM/RAM of
system BIOS
F104h
SMRAM initialization
WakeUp factor check
SMRAM base rewriting
and CPU state map
saving for BIOS
Permission of SMI based
on ASMI
F105h
Initialization of devices
which need initialization
before PCI bus
PIT test (at Cold boot only) and initialization
Setting of test pattern to channel 0 of PIT#0
Check whether the set test pattern can be
read.
initialization
Initialization of PIT channel 0 (Setting of timer
interruption interval to 55ms)
Initialization of PIT channel 2(Setting of the
sound generator frequency to 664Hz)
Test of PIT channel 1 (Check whether the refresh
signal works properly in 30 micro-s refresh
interval.) The system halts when the time is out.
Test of PIT channel 2 (Check whether the speaker
gate works properly)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Table 2-4 Debug port (Boot mode) error status (5/9)
D port status
Inspection items
Details
CPU clock measurement
(F105h)
Check of parameter block A
Permission of SMI except auto-off function
Control of excess of rated input power
Battery discharge current control (1CmA)
AC adapter rated over current control
Dividing procedures for time measuring by IRT
Setting for clock generator
CPU Initialization
Micro code update
Judging of CPU type
Geyserville support check
Setting of CPU clock to “high"
Graphics Aperture Size setting (except when
VGA_BUS=0)
F106h
Saving memory configuration to
buffer
Reading of EC version
Update of flash ROM type
Judging of destination (Japan or
except Japan) based on DMI data
CMOS default setting check
Sets default setting if bad battery or bad
checksum (ROM, CMOS) is detected)
ACPI table initialization (for
execution of option ROM)
Initialization of devices which
need initialization before PCI bus
initialization
AC’97 control
Initialization of temperature control information
KBC initialization
VGA display off, Reset control
Sound initialization
PC multi-box status acquisition (for models
supporting Selectable bay)
HC initialization, USB device connection
recognition and initialization
Control of built-in LAN permission/prohibition
PIC initialization
PIC test
Password Initialization
2-24
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
Table 2-4 Debug port (Boot mode) error status (6/9)
D port status
Inspection items
Details
F107h
PCI bus initialization (connection
of DS Bus)
Initialization of LAN information
Check of WakeUp factor
F108h
Task generation for waiting
INIT_PCI completion
CMOS data initialization (2)
PnP initialization
Setting of setup items
Waiting for the completion of
Multi-box status check (for models
supporting Selectable bay)
H/W setting based on resource
F109H
Task generation for waiting PnP
resource making completion
Serial interruption control
(before use of interruption) (for models
supporting YEBISU)
PnP H/W initialization
PC card slot initialization
SIO initialization (for models supporting SIO)
FIR initialization (for models supporting FIR)
PCI automatic configuration
Making of work for automatic configuration
Acquisition of PCI IRQ
Configuration
Saving of VGA configuration result
F10Ah
Task generation for waiting
PCI_CONFIGURATION
completion
Initialization of H/W needed after
PCI configuration
Printer port setting (for models supporting
printer)
HDD initialization sequence start
FDD initialization sequence start (for models
supporting built-in FDD)
Enabling power off
Output code generation
FIRST_64KB_CHECK
INIT_INT_VECTOR
F10Bh
F10Ch
(Check of first 64KB memory)
(Initialization of vectors)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Table 2-4 Debug port (Boot mode) error status (7/9)
D port status
F10Dh
Inspection items
INIT_NDP
Details
(Initialization of NDP)
F10Eh
INIT_SYSTEM
Storing of CMOS error status to
IRT_ERR_STS_BUF
(Initialization of system)
CD POWER SW control
(for models supporting CD Play function)
Timer initialization start
EC initialization & Reading of battery
information
Update of system BIOS (Update of EDID
information for LCD)
F10Fh
F110h
INIT_DISPLAY (Waiting for VGA
chip initialization completion,
VGA BIOS initialization)
Waiting for VGA power-on
Waiting for Display access completion
Calling VGA BIOS
DISP_LOGO
F111h/F112h
F113h
Displaying logo
SYS_MEM_CHECK (boot mode) Check of convention memory
F114h
EXT_MEM_CHECK (boot mode) Check of exception in the protected mode
F115h
Check of exception in the
protected mode
DPORT=F116h when error occurs
INIT_SYS_MEM (reboot mode)
CHK_DMA_PAGE (boot mode)
CHECK_DMAC (boot mode)
INIT_DMAC (boot mode)
Initialization of conventional memory
Check of DMA Page Register
Check of DMAC
F117h
F118h
F119h
F11Ah
Initialization of DMAC
CHECK_PRT (for models
supporting printer)
Check of printer port existence
F11Bh
F11Ch
CHECK_SIO (for models
supporting SIO)
Check of SIO
Waiting for FDD initialization completion (for
models supporting built-in FDD)
BOOT_PASSWORD
(password check)
(In the case of “Reboot”)
Waiting for HDD initialization completion
Check of key input during IRT (waiting for
KBC initialization completion)
I/O LOCK process (for models supporting
I/O lock)
ATA priority initialization
2-26
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
Table 2-4 Debug port (Boot mode) error status (8/9)
D port status
Inspection items
Details
(In the case of “Boot”)
(F11Ch)
BM loading process (for models supporting
fingerprint authentication)
Initialization of BM (for models supporting
fingerprint authentication)
Check of key input during IRT (waiting for KBC
initialization completion)
Input of password (waiting for HDD
initialization completion)
I/O LOCK process (for models supporting
I/O lock)
BM open (for models supporting
fingerprint authentication)
F11Dh
F11Eh
EX_IO_ROM_CHECK
PRE_BOOT_SETUP
Check of option I/O ROM
Saving of value in 40:00h
(for SIO saving/restoring)
Setting of font address for resume password
Setting of repeat parameter for USB KB
Final check of key input during IRT
Storing of T_SHADOW_RAM_SIZE
Update of system resource before boot
Rewriting of memory map data of INT15h E820h
function
Waiting for AC-Link initialization completion
Renewal of table for DMI
Copying ACPI table to uppermost of extension memory
Waiting for completion of BIOS rewriting of PSC version
Waiting for completion ofsetting clock generator
When error occurred, halts at DPORT=F11FH
Waiting for completion of initialization of Serial port (for
models supporting SIO)
Cancel of NMI Mask
TIT check sum
Clear of the IRT flag of Runtimeside
Update of check sum of Runtimeside
Hibernation branch (for models supporting BIOS
Hibernation)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Table 2-4 Debug port (Boot mode) error status (9/9)
D port status
Inspection items
Details
(F11Eh)
Initialization of Bluetooth (for models supporting
Bluetooth)
Check of existence of target maintenance card
Prohibition of unused PC card
Setting Wakeup status data for ACPI
HW initialization before Boot, Waiting for initialization
completion
Notifies the DVI connection status to VGA BIOS (for
models supporting DVI)
Setting of battery save mode
Setting of date
Waiting for Bluetooth initialization completion
(for models supporting Bluetooth)
Update of DMI Wakeup factor, Update of SM-BIOS
structure table
PCI device configuration space close
Cache control
Process for CPU
Make the CPU clock to be set by SETUP
Waiting of motor-off completion of disabled HDD
Final decision of USB FDD drive information
Post processing of PRE_BOOT_SETUP
Clear of PWRBTN_STS
Enabling POWER Button
Measure for chip set defective
F120h
FFFFh
Clear of IRT status
Update of check sum of Runtime
side
End
2-28
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
Table 2-5 Debug port (Suspend mode) error status (1/3)
D port status
Inspection items
Details
Sets the parallel port to D0 state
(for models supporting printer)
F12Fh
F130h
Release resources used for fingerprint
authentication. (For models supporting
fingerprint authentication)
When powering-off request from OS is
required, waits for the completion of dividing
process because waiting in SUSPEND of
Runtime returns the process to OS.
Forced execution of dividing (Permission of
SMI for dividing)
Waiting for completion of dividing
F131h
After prohibiting of all SMIs, permits I/O trap
(EHCI) and external SMI.
Starts dividing to transmit periodically
extension command (every 25 seconds) not to
generate time-out of power-off.
Clears resume/power-off status.
Storing and initializing of special PCI
configuration register
Prohibits clock control.
Judging of suspend process for boot or for
resume
Branch to resume mode (DPORT=F132h) or
boot mode(DPORT=F133h)
F132h
F133h
Powering-off during resume process
Stops HC.
Starts sequence for storing display system.
Checks if during IRT processing.
Resume error check in suspend mode.
Checks if external option ROM is exist
Checks if FDD’s motor is turning or not (for
models supporting built-in FDD)
Execution of driver for suspend
Clear of data for Remote Lockout
Storing of FDD register (for models supporting
built-in FDD)
Storing of USB register
Stop of HC.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Table 2-5 Debug port (Suspend mode) error status (2/3)
LED Status
Test item
Storing CPU register
Contents
(F133h)
Permission of system area and memory
cache (for high-speed operation)
Suspending of HDD
Storing KBC,SCC and MOUSE
Storing of PCI device
Storing of PIT
Starts sequence for storing display system.
Storing of PIC
Storing of DMAC
Storing of system status command port
Storing of SIO (for models supporting SIO)
Storing of PCMCIA card
Storing of RTC
Storing of HW unique to system
Calculation of check sum
(conventional memory)
F134h
F137h
Suspending for boot mood
Processing of VGA –off (boot mode)
Suspending of HDD (boot mode)
Transition to S5 of Bluetooth (boot mode) (For
models supporting Bluetooth)
Processing for boot/ resume/suspend for PnP
(Stores PnP resource information into Flash
ROM.)
F138h
Processing for boot/ resume/suspend for
password (Stores password information into
Flash ROM.)
F139h
F13Ah
Waiting for completion of suspending for HDD
password
Prohibition of PCI arbiter
Setting of Wakeup event
Power-off of PC card
Re-setting backup current
Forced off of fan
Checks whether off-process for resume is
needed
2-30
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
Table 2-5 Debug port (Suspend mode) error status (3/3)
LED Status
Test item
Contents
(F13Ah)
Power LED control during suspending
Isolates built-in LAN
Makes the power of sound off
Makes the power of Dock off (for models
supporting Dock)
Model-unique processing just before
suspending
F13Bh
F13Ch
Waiting for completion of dividing for
suspending
Stops dividing of extension command for
power off.
Measure for USB over current
Serial interrupt control (for model supporting
YEBISU)
Calculation of check sum of PnP RAM area
(Not work in suspending for boot)
Acquires how to turn the power off.
Resets by EC. (when required)
Makes not to send Eject Power Off
command when turn the power off by the
date check of alarm power on.
Prohibition of all SMIs
Initializing of special register in suspending
Calculates the check sum of SMRAM and
stores it in SMRAM.
Calculates the checksum of system BIOS in
the IRT side.( Checksum does not match
during IRT)
F13Dh
Setting status of suspend completion
Prohibition of L1&L2
Power off (Completion of BIOS process)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Table 2-6 Debug port (Resume mode) error status (1/4)
LED Status
F100h
Test item
Contents
Refer to IRT
Refer to IRT
Refer to IRT
Refer to IRT
F101h
F102h
F103h
Clears flag for SMI control.
Update of Resume counter
Checks the WakeUp factors.
Rewriting of SMRAM BASE
F121h
F122h
I/O LOCK processing (for models
supporting I/O LOCK)
Initializing devices necessary for
initialization before initializing PCI bus
Initializing of PIT
Initializing of PIT channel 0 (Sets the interval of
timer interruption to 55ms)
Initializing of PIT channel 2 (Sets the sound
generator frequency to 664Hz)
Measuring CPU clock
Check of parameter block A
Permission of SMI other than auto-off function
Control of excess of rated input power
Control of battery discharging current (1CmA)
Control of excess of rated current of AC adapter
Dividing of process for measuring of IRT time
Setting to clock generator
Initializing of CPU
Updating micro-code
Judging of CPU type
Check of Geyserville support
Sets the CPU clock to High.
Setting of Graphics Aperture Size
Recovery of PIC register
2-32
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
Table 2-6 Debug port (Resume mode) error status (2/4)
LED Status
Test item
Contents
Initialization of devices necessary for
initialization before initializing PCI bus 2
(F122h)
AC'97 control
Initializing of temperature control information
Initializing of KBC
VGA display-off and Reset control
Starting recovery of VGA
Initializing of sound
Acquires the multi-box status.
Initializing of HC, recognizing of devices
Control of permission/prohibition for built-in LAN
Check of the checksum of conventional
memory
Resume error DPORT = F174H
F123h
F124h
Initializing of PCI devices
Check of WakeUp factors after initializing
PCI bus
Waiting for completion of MultiBoxstatus check
(for models supporting Selectable bay)
Waiting for initializing of devices which
have to be initialized before setting HW
by PnP resource
Recovery of each device (1)
Processing of RESUME for PnP
Tentative initialization of printer port (for models
supporting printer)
Serial interrupt control (for models supporting
YEBISU)
Waiting for the completion of VGApower-down
control (because the VGA configuration can not
be seen)
Processing of RESUME for PCI
Recovery of FDC (for models supporting built-in
FDD)
Checks slots that were in ON status during
suspending ( for modelssupporting fingerprint
authentication)
Recovery of PCMCIAcard
Error when an ATAcard is pulled out (for models
supporting ATA boot )
Resume error DPORT = F17Bh
Executing of dividing process of device detection
of PC card
Initializing COM (for models supporting SIO)
Initializing FIR (for models supporting FIR)
Resume error when HDD is mounted
DPORT=F172h
Check of HDD pack connection
Start of IDE device resume sequence
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Table 2-6 Debug port (Resume mode) error status s (3/4)
LED status Test item
Contents
F125h
Recovery of user alarm setting and
cancel of alarm power-on function (only
one time)
Enable of power-off switch
Initializing EC and start of reading
battery information
Recovery of each device(2)
Setting of setup items
Initializing of DMAC
Initializing of printer mode (for modelssupporting
printer)
Initializing of VGA BIOS in resume
Call of VGA BIOS
Waiting for VGA power on
F126h
F127h/F128h
Processing of password for RESUME
Recovery of COM register (for models supporting
SIO)
F129h
Recovery of each device(3)
Recovery of DMAC register
PnP Resume processing (2nd)
Motor-off of disabled HDD
F12Ah
Waiting for completion of KBC
initializing (not in ACPI mode)
Waiting for completion of USB
initializing
Recovery of USB register
Recovery of CPU register
Processing of SIO dummy-reading (for
models supporting SIO)
Resetting NDP interruption
Recovery of system, status, command
and port
Wakeup check
Notifies the device change status to the upper
program
Setting WAKEUP status data for ACPI
Notifies the DVI connection status to VGA BIOS (for
models supporting VDI)
Initializing HW just before booting or
waiting for the completion
Setting battery saving mode
Setting of date
Waiting for the completion of Bluetooth initializing
(for models supporting Bluetooth)
Renewal of Wakeup factor of DMI and SM-BIOS
structure table
Closing PCI device configuration area
Cache control
2-34
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
Table 2-6 Debug port (Resume mode) error status (4/4)
LED status
Test item
Contents
(F12Ah)
Process related to CPU
Setting of CPU clock to SETUP designation
Waiting for motor-off of disabled HDD
Final decision of USB FDD information
Post-process of PRE_BOOT_SETUP
Clears PWRBTN_STS.
Enables Power Button.
Measures against chip set defective
Waiting for the completion of recovery of
VGA register
Recovery of PIT register
Recovery of PCI configuration register
Recovery of PIC MASK
Executing of driver for RESUME
Waiting for the completion of recovery of
FDD
(models supporting built-in FDD)
F12Bh
F12Ch
Checks if the power-off switch is pressed
or not during resume processing
(Suspends if pressed.)
Executes HOTKEY F1process when
booting in instant security
(Not in ACPI mode)
(In ACPI mode)
(In ACPI mode)
Clears key buffer
F12Dh
F12Eh
Clears IRT status.
Clears flag in Resume process
Acquires Wake Up Vector address.
Clears key buffer.
Renewal of date/time
ACPI mode on
Recovery of write-protected status before.
Initializing printer port
FFFFh
(In ACPI mode / not in ACPI mode)
Returning to the main process
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.4 System Board Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Procedure 3
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
Execute the following tests from the Diagnostic Test Menu. These tests check the system
board. Refer to Chapter 3, Tests and Diagnostic, for more information on how to perform
these tests.
1. System test
2. Memory test
3. Keyboard test
4. Display test
5. Floppy Disk test
6. Printer test
7. Async test
8. Hard Disk test
9. Real Timer test
10. NDP test
11. Expansion test
12. CD-ROM/DVD-ROM test
13. Wireless LAN test
14. LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 test
15. Sound test
16. Only one test
If an error is detected during these tests, go to Procedure 4.
Procedure 4
Replacement Check
The system board may be damaged. Disassemble the computer following the steps described
in Chapter 4, Replacement Procedures and replace the system board with a new one.
2-36
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.5 USB 3.5” FDD Troubleshooting
2
2.5 USB 3.5” FDD Troubleshooting
This section describes how to determine if the USB 3.5” FDD is functioning properly.
Perform the steps below starting with Procedure 1 and continuing with the other procedures as
required.
Procedure 1: FDD Head Cleaning Check
Procedure 2: Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
Procedure 3: Connector Check and Replacement Check
Procedure 1
FDD Head Cleaning Check
FDD head cleaning is one option available in the Diagnostic Program.
Insert the Diagnostics Disk in the floppy disk drive of the computer, turn on the computer and
run the test. And then clean the FDD heads using the cleaning kit. If the FDD still does not
function properly after cleaning, go to Procedure 2.
Detailed operation is given in Chapter 3, Tests and Diagnostics.
If the test program cannot be executed on the computer, go to Procedure 3.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.5 USB 3.5” FDD Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Procedure 2
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
Insert the Diagnostics Disk in the FDD connected to the computer, turn on the computer and
run the test. Refer to Chapter 3, Tests and Diagnostics, for more information about the
diagnostics test procedures.
Make sure the floppy disk is formatted correctly and that the write protect tab is disabled.
Floppy disk drive test error codes and their status names are listed in Table 2-7. If any other
errors occur while executing the FDD diagnostics test, go to Check 1.
Table 2-7 FDD error code and status
Code
Status
01h
02h
03h
04h
06h
08h
09h
10h
20h
40h
60h
80h
EEh
FFh
Bad command
Address mark not found
Write protected
Record not found
Media replaced
DMA overrun error
DMA boundary error
CRC error
FDC error
Seek error
FDD not drive
Time out error (Not ready)
Write buffer error
Data compare error
Check 1 If the following message is displayed, disable the write protect tab on the floppy
disk by sliding the write protect tab to “write enable”. If any other message appears,
perform Check 2.
Write protected
Check 2 Make sure the floppy disk is formatted correctly. If it is, go to Procedure 3.
2-38
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.5 USB 3.5” FDD Troubleshooting
Procedure 3
Connector Check and Replacement Check
The USB FDD connector may be disconnected from the system board or SD board. Check
visually that the connector is connected to one of them firmly.
Check 1 Make sure the following cables and connectors are firmly connected to the system
board or SD board. The USB FDD can be connected to any of four USB ports.
(Three ports are installed on the system board and one is on SD board.)
Also make sure the following points:
?
?
?
?
There is no loose connection.
There is no slantwise connection.
Connectors are fully inserted.
There is no damage on the cable.
If any of the connections are loose, reconnect firmly and repeat Procedure 2.
If any of connectors is broken, replace it with new one and repeat Procedure 2.
If there is still an error, go to Check 2.
Check 2 The USB FDD may be defective or damaged. Replace it with a new one. If the
USB FDD is still not functioning properly, perform Check 3.
Check 3 Replace the system board with a new one following the steps in Chapter 4,
Replacement Procedures.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.6 2.5” HDD Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.6 2.5” HDD Troubleshooting
This section describes how to determine if the 2.5” HDD is functioning properly. Perform the
steps below starting with Procedure 1 and continuing with the other procedures as required.
Procedure 1: Partition Check
Procedure 2: Message Check
Procedure 3: Format Check
Procedure 4: Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
Procedure 5: Connector Check and Replacement Check
CAUTION: The contents of the hard disk will be erased when the 2.5” HDD
troubleshooting procedures are executed. Copy the contents of the hard disk
to floppy disks or other storage drive(s) for backup the data. For the backup,
refer to the User’s Manual.
Procedure 1
Partition Check
Insert the Toshiba MS-DOS system disk and start the computer. Perform the following
checks:
Check 1 Type C: and press Enter. If you cannot change to drive C, go to Check 2. If you
can change to drive C, go to Procedure 2.
Check 2 Type FDISK and press Enter. Choose Display Partition Information from the
FDISK menu. If drive C is listed in the Display Partition Information, go to Check
3. If drive C is not listed, return to the FDISK menu and choose the option to
create a DOS partition or a logical DOS drive on drive C. If the problem still exists,
go to Procedure 2.
Check 3 If drive C is listed as active in the FDISK menu, go to Check 4. If drive C is not
listed as active, return to the FDISK menu and choose the option to set the active
partition for drive C. Then go to Procedure 2.
Check 4 Remove the system disk from the FDD and reboot the computer. If the problem
still exists, go to Procedure 2. Otherwise, the 2.5” HDD is operating normally.
2-40
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.6 2.5” HDD Troubleshooting
Procedure 2
Message Check
When the power is turned on, the system performs the Initial Reliability Test (IRT) installed
in the BIOS ROM. When the test detects an error, an error message is displayed on the screen.
Turn on the computer and check the message on the screen. When an OS starts from the 2.5”
HDD, go to Procedure 3. Otherwise, start with Check 1 below and perform the other checks as
instructed.
Check 1 If any of the following messages appear, go to Procedure 3. If the following
messages do not appear, perform Check 2.
HDC ERROR
or
HDD #X ERROR (After 5 seconds this message will disappear.)
Check 2 If either of the following messages appears, go to Check 3. If the following
messages do not appear, perform Check 4.
Insert system disk in drive
Press any key when ready .....
or
Non-System disk or disk error
Replace and press any key when ready
Check 3 Using the SYS command of the MS-DOS, transfer the system to the 2.5” HDD. If
the system is not transferred, go to Procedure 3. Refer to the MS-DOS Manual for
detailed operation.
If the following message appears on the display, the system program has been
transferred to the HDD.
System Transferred
If an error message still appears on the display, perform Check 4.
Check 4 The 2.5” HDD and the connector of the system board may be disconnected. Insert
the connectors firmly. (Refer to the steps described in Chapter 4, Replacement
Procedures for disassembling.) If they are firmly connected, go to Procedure 3.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.6 2.5” HDD Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Procedure 3
Format Check
The computer’s HDD is formatted using the MS-DOS FORMAT program or the physical
format program of the test program. To format the HDD, start with Check 1 below and
perform the other steps as required.
Refer to the MS-DOS Manual for the operation of MS-DOS. For the format by the test
program, refer to the Chapter 3.
Check 1 Format the 2.5” HDD using MS-DOS FORMAT command. Type as FORMAT
C:/S/U.
If the 2.5” HDD can not be formatted, perform Check 2.
Check 2 Using the MS-DOS FDISK command, set the 2.5” HDD partition. If the partition
is not set, go to Check 3. If it is set, format the 2.5” HDD using MS-DOS
FORMAT command.
Check 3 Using the Diagnostic Disk, format the 2.5” HDD with a format option(physical
format). If the HDD is formatted, set the 2.5” HDD partition using MS-DOS
FDISK command.
If you cannot format the 2.5” HDD using the test program, go to Procedure 4.
2-42
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.6 2.5” HDD Troubleshooting
Procedure 4
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
The HDD test program is stored in the Diagnostics Disk. Perform all of the HDD tests in the
Hard Disk Drive Test. Refer to Chapter 3, Tests and Diagnostics, for more information about
the HDD test program.
If an error is detected during the HDD test, an error code and status will be displayed. The
error codes and statuses are described in Table 2-8. If an error code is not displayed but the
problem still exists, go to Procedure 5.
Table 2-8 2.5” Hard disk drive error code and status
Code
05
Status
HDD - HDC NOT RESET ERROR
HDD - DRIVE NOT INITIALIZE
HDD - DMA BOUNDARY ERROR
HDD - BAD TRACK ERROR
HDD - UNDEFINED ERROR
HDD - OVERRUN ERROR (DRQ ON)
HDD - BAD COMMAND ERROR
HDD - ADDRESS MARK NOT FOUND
HDD - RECORD NOT FOUND ERROR
HDD - ECC ERROR
07
09
0B
BB
08
01
02
04
10
20
40
80
11
AA
CC
E0
0A
EE
DA
12
HDD - HDC ERROR
HDD - SEEK ERROR
HDD - TIME OUT ERROR
HDD - ECC RECOVER ENABLE
HDD - DRIVE NOT READY
HDD - WRITE FAULT
HDD - STATUS ERROR
HDD - BAD SECTOR
HDD - ACCESS TIME ERROR
HDD - NO HDD
HDD - DMA CRC ERROR
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.6 2.5” HDD Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Procedure 5
Connector Check and Replacement Check
The HDD is connected to the connector of the system board. The connecting portion may be
disconnected. Disassemble the computer following the steps described in Chapter 4,
Replacement Procedures and perform the following checks to check the connecting portion:
Check 1 Make sure the HDD and system board is firmly connected.
If their connection is loose, reconnect firmly and repeat Procedure 1. If there is still
an error, go to Check 2.
Check 2 The 2.5” HDD may be damaged. Replace it with a new one following the
instructions in Chapter 4, Replacement Procedures and check the operation. If the
problem still exists, perform Check 3.
Check 3 The system board may be damaged. Replace it with a new one following the
instructions in Chapter 4, Replacement Procedures.
2-44
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.7 Keyboard Troubleshooting
2.7 Keyboard Troubleshooting
To determine if the computer’s keyboard is functioning properly, perform the following
procedures. Start with Procedure 1 and continue with the other procedures as instructed.
Procedure 1: Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
Procedure 2: Connector Check and Replacement Check
Procedure 1
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
Execute the test for keyboard of ONLY ONE test in the Diagnostic Program. Refer to Chapter
3, Tests and Diagnostics, for more information on how to perform the test program.
If an error occurs, go to Procedure 2. If an error does not occur, the keyboard is functioning
properly.
Procedure 2
Connector Check and Replacement Check
The keyboard may be disconnected or damaged. Disassemble the computer following the
steps described in Chapter 4, Replacement Procedures, and perform the following checks:
Check 1 Make sure the keyboard cable is securely connected to the system board.
If the connection is loose, reconnect firmly and repeat Procedure 1. If there is still
an error, go to Check 2.
Check 2 The keyboard or its cable may be damaged. Replace it with a new one following
the instructions in Chapter 4, Replacement Procedures. If the problem still exists,
perform Check 3.
Check 3 The system board may be damaged. Replace it with a new one following the
instructions in Chapter 4, Replacement Procedures.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.8 Touch Pad Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.8 Touch Pad Troubleshooting
To determine if the computer’s touch pad is functioning properly, perform the following
procedures. Start with Procedure 1 and continue with the other procedures as instructed.
Procedure 1: Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
Procedure 2: Connector Check and Replacement Check
Procedure 1
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
Execute the test for touch pad of ONLY ONE test in the Diagnostic Program. Refer to Chapter
3, Tests and Diagnostics, for more information on how to perform the test program.
If an error occurs, go to Procedure 2. If an error does not occur, the touch pad keyboard is
functioning properly.
Procedure 2
Connector Check and Replacement Check
The touch pad or touch pad flexible cable may be disconnected or damaged. Disassemble the
computer following the steps described in Chapter 4, Replacement Procedures, and perform
the following checks:
Check 1 Make sure the touch pad flexible cable is firmly connected to the touch pad and the
system board.
If the connection is loose, reconnect firmly and repeat Procedure 1. If there is still
an error, go to Check 2.
Check 2 The touch pad or touch pad flexible cable may be damaged. Replace the touch pad
with a new one first following the instructions in Chapter 4, Replacement
Procedures. If the problem still exists, replace the touch pad flexible cable with a
new one. If the problem still exists, perform Check 3.
Check 3 The system board may be damaged. Replace it with a new one following the
instructions in Chapter 4, Replacement Procedures.
2-46
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.9 Display Troubleshooting
2.9 Display Troubleshooting
This section describes how to determine if the computer’s display is functioning properly.
Start with Procedure 1 and continue with the other procedures as instructed.
Procedure 1: External Monitor Check
Procedure 2: Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
Procedure 3: Connector Check and Cable Check
Procedure 4: Replacement Check
Procedure 1
External Monitor Check
Connect an external monitor to the computer’s external monitor port, and then boot the
computer. The computer automatically detects the external monitor.
If the external monitor works correctly, the internal LCD may be damaged. Go to Procedure 3.
If the same problem as the internal monitor appears on the external monitor, the system board
may be damaged. Go to Procedure 2.
Procedure 2
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
The Display Test program is stored on the computer’s Diagnostics disk. This program checks
the display controller on the system board. Refer to Chapter 3, Tests and Diagnostics for
details. If an error is detected, go to Procedure 3.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.9 Display Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Procedure 3
Connector Check and Cable Check
The LCD module is connected to the system board by an LCD/FL cable. The FL inverter
board is also connected to the system board by an LCD/FL cable. And the FL is connected to
the FL inverter board by the HV cable. The connectors may be disconnected from the system
board or the FL inverter, or they may be damaged. Disassemble the computer following the
steps described in Chapter 4, Replacement Procedures.
If the connection is loose, reconnect firmly and restart the computer. If there is still an error,
go to Procedure 4.
2-48
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.9 Display Troubleshooting
Procedure 4
Replacement Check
The FL lamp, FL inverter, LCD module, system board and LCD/FL cable are connected to
display circuits. Any of these components may be damaged. Refer to Chapter 4, Replacement
Procedures, for instructions on how to disassemble the computer and then perform the
following checks:
If the FL lamp does not light, perform Check 1.
If characters or graphics on the internal display are not displayed clearly, perform
Check 4.
If some screen functions do not work properly, perform Check 4.
If the FL lamp remains lit when the display is closed, perform Check 5.
Check 1 Replace the FL lamp with a new one following the instructions in Chapter 4,
Replacement Procedures and test the display again. If the problem still exists,
perform Check 2.
Check 2 The LCD/FL cable may be defective or damaged. Replace the FL/LCDcable with
a new one following the instructions in Chapter 4, Replacement Procedure and test
the display again. If the problem still exists, perform Check 3.
Check 3 The FL inverter may be defective or damaged. Replace the FL inverter board with
a new one following the instructions in Chapter 4, Replacement Procedure and test
the display again. If the problem still exists, perform Check 4.
Check 4 The LCD module may be defective or damaged. Replace the LCD module with a
new one following the instructions in Chapter 4, Replacement Procedure and test
the display again. If the problem still exists, perform Check 5.
Check 5 The system board may be defective or damaged. Replace it with a new one
following the instructions in Chapter 4, Replacement Procedure.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.10 Optical Drive Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.10 Optical Drive Troubleshooting
To check if the optical drive is defective or not, follow the troubleshooting procedures below
as instructed.
Procedure 1: Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
Procedure 2: Connector Check and Replacement Check
Procedure 1
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
Prepare the tools before the test. (Refer to tools for implementing the Diagnostics procedures
on page 2-1.)
Execute the CD-ROM/DVD-ROM Test in the Diagnostic Program. Refer to Chapter 3, Tests
and Diagnostics for more information on how to perform the test program.
If any error is detected by the test, go to Procedure 2.
Procedure 2
Connector Check and Replacement Check
The optical drive may be disconnected from the system board or faulty. Disassemble the
computer following the steps described in Chapter 4 and perform the following checks:
Check 1 Make sure the optical drive and the system board are firmly connected.
If the connection is loose, reconnect it firmly and return to Procedure 1. If there is
still an error, perform Check 2.
Check 2 The optical drive may be faulty. Replace the optical drive with a new one
following the steps in Chapter 4. If the problem still occurs, perform Check 3.
Check 3 The system board may be faulty. Replace it with new one following the
instructions in Chapter 4.
2-50
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.11 Modem Troubleshooting
2.11 Modem Troubleshooting
To check if the modem is defective or malfunctioning, follow the troubleshooting procedures
below as instructed.
Procedure 1: Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
Procedure 2: Connector Check and Replacement Check
Procedure 1
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
Execute the Modem Test in the Diagnostic Program. Refer to Chapter 3, Tests and
Diagnostics for more information on how to perform the test program.
If any error is detected, perform Procedure 2.
Procedure 2
Connector Check and Replacement Check
An MDC (Modem Daughter Card) is used as the modem for this computer. The MDC is
connected to the SD board which is connected to the system board. If the modem
malfunctions, these connections or boards may be bad or the MDC might be faulty.
Disassemble the computer following the steps described in Chapter 4 and perform the
following checks:
Check 1 Make sure the following connections are firmly connected.
If any connector is disconnected, connect it firmly and return to Procedure 1. If
there is still an error, perform Check 2.
Check 2 The Modem jack (RJ11) may be faulty. Replace it with a new one. If the problem
still occurs, perform Check 3.
Check 3 The MDC may be faulty. Replace it with a new one following the steps in Chapter
4. If the problem still occurs, perform Check 4.
Check 4 The SD board may be faulty. Replace it with a new one following the instructions
in Chapter 4. If the problem still occurs, perform Check 5.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.11 Modem Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Check 5 The cable between the SD board and system board may be faulty. Replace it with a
new one following the instructions in Chapter 4. If the problem still occurs,
perform Check 6.
Check 6 The system board may be faulty. Replace it with a new one following the
instruction in Chapter 4.
2-52
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.12 LAN Troubleshooting
2.12 LAN Troubleshooting
To check if the computer’s LAN is defective or malfunctioning, follow the troubleshooting
procedures below as instructed.
Procedure 1: Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
Procedure 2: Connector Check and Replacement Check
Procedure 1
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
Execute the LAN/Modem/Bluettoth/IEEE1394 Test in the Diagnostic Program. Refer to
Chapter 3, Tests and Diagnostics for more information on how to perform the test program.
If any error is detected by the test, go to Procedure 2
Procedure 2
Connector Check and Replacement Check
The LAN jack (RJ45 jack) is mounted on the system board. If the LAN malfunctions, the
LAN cable or the system board might be faulty.
Disassemble the computer following the steps described in Chapter 4.
Check 1 Make sure the LAN cable is firmly connected to the LAN jack.
If the connection is good but there is still an error, perform Check 2.
Check 2 The LAN cable may be faulty. Replace it with a new one. If the problem still
occurs, perform Check 3.
Check 3 The system board may be faulty. Replace it with a new one following the steps in
Chapter 4.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.13 Wireless LAN Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.13 Wireless LAN Troubleshooting
This section describes how to determine if the computer's Wireless LAN is functioning
properly. Perform the steps below starting with Procedure 1 and continuing with the other
procedures as required.
Procedure 1: Transmitting-Receiving Check
Procedure 2: Antennas' Connection Check
Procedure 3: Replacement Check
Procedure 1
Transmitting-Receiving Check
Check 1 Execute Wireless LAN test program to check the transmitting-receiving function
of the wireless LAN. You will need a second computer that can communicate by
the wireless LAN. Perform the test following the instructions described in Chapter
3.
If the computer passes the test, the function is correctly working. If the computer
does not pass the test, perform Procedure 2.
2-54
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.13 Wireless LAN Troubleshooting
Procedure 2
Antennas' Connection Check
The wireless LAN function-wiring diagram is shown below:
Any of the connections may be disconnected. Disassemble the computer following the steps
described in Chapter 4, Replacement Procedures, and check the followings:
Check 1 Make sure the wireless communication switch is “On”.
If the switch is “Off”, turn it “On”. If there is still an error, perform Check 2.
Check 2 Make sure the wireless LAN board is firmly connected to the CN2200 on the
system board.
If the wireless LAN board is disconnected, connect it firmly and perform
Procedure 1. If the problem still occurs, perform Check 3.
Check 3 Make sure that the wireless LAN antenna cables (black and white) are firmly
connected to the connector on the wireless LAN board.
If the wireless LAN antenna cables are disconnected, connect them firmly and
perform Procedure 1. If the problem still occurs, go to the procedure 3..
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.13 Wireless LAN Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Procedure 3
Replacement Check
The wireless LAN board, wireless LAN antennas or the system board may be damaged. Refer
to Chapter 4, Replacement Procedures, for instructions on how to disassemble the computer
and thencheck the followings:
Check 1 The wireless LAN board may be defective or damaged. Replace the wireless LAN
board with a new one following the instructions in Chapter 4, Replacement
Procedures. If the problem still exists, perform Check 2.
Check 2 The wireless LAN antennas may be defective or damaged. Replace them with new
ones following the instructions in Chapter 4, Replacement Procedures. If the
problem still exists, perform Check 3.
Check3 Replace the system board with a new one following the instructions in Chapter 4,
Replacement Procedures and test the display again.
2-56
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.14 Sound Troubleshooting
2.14 Sound Troubleshooting
To check if the sound functionis defective or not, follow the troubleshooting procedures
below as instructed.
Procedure 1: Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
Procedure 2: Connector Check
Procedure 3: Replacement Check
Procedure 1
Diagnostic Test Program Execution Check
Execute the Sound Test in the Diagnostic Program. Refer to Chapter 3, Tests and Diagnostics
for more information on how to perform the test program.
If any error is detected by the test, go to Procedure 2.
Procedure 2
Connector Check
The connection of sound system is shown in the following figure.
As the connection may be bad, disassemble the PC and check each connection.
If each component and board is firmly connected but the sound function does not work
properly, go to Procedure 3.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.14 Sound Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
Procedure 3
Replacement Check
Check 1 When the headphone does not work properly, it may be faulty. Replace it with a
new one. If the problem still occurs, perform Check 5.
Check 2 When the external microphone does not work properly, it may be faulty. Replace it
with a new one. If the problem still occurs, perform Check 5.
Check 3 When the internal microphone does not work properly, it may be faulty. Replace it
with a new one following the steps in Chapter 4. If the problem still occurs,
perform Check 5.
Check 4 When the speakers do not work properly, they may be faulty. Replace them with a
new one following the steps in Chapter 4. If the problem still occurs perform
Check 6.
Check 5 The SJ board or the cable between the SJ board and SD board may be faulty.
Replace them with new ones following the instructions in Chapter 4. If the
problem still occurs, perform Check 6.
Check 6 The SD board or the cable between the SD board and system board may be faulty.
Replace them with new ones following the instructions in Chapter 4. If the
problem still occurs, perform Check 7.
Check 7 The system board may be faulty. Replace it with a new one following the
instructions in Chapter 4.
2-58
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2.15 TV Tuner Troubleshooting
2.15 TV TunerTroubleshooting
To check if the TV tuner is defective or not, follow the troubleshooting procedures below as
instructed.
Procedure 1: Connector Check and Replacement Check
Procedure 1
Connector Check and Replacement Check
The TV antenna, TV tuner module, SD board or System board may be disconnected or faulty.
Disassemble the computer following the steps described in Chapter 4 if necessary and perform
the following checks:
Check 1 Make sure the following connector has been firmly connected.
If any connection is loose, reconnect it firmly and return to Procedure 2. If there is
still an error, perform Check 2.
Check 2 The antenna cable may be faulty. Replace it with a new one. If the problem still
occurs, perform Check 3.
Check 3 The TV tuner module may be faulty. Replace the TV tuner module with a new one
following the steps in Chapter 4. If the problem still occurs, perform Check 4.
Check 4 The SD board may be faulty. Replace the SD board with a new one following the
steps in Chapter 4. If the problem still occurs, perform Check 5.
Check 5 Cables in the computer (TV tuner coaxial cable, TV tuner harness and the cable
between the SD board and system board) may be faulty. Replace them with new
ones following the steps in Chapter 4. If the problem still occurs, perform Check 6.
Check 6 The system board may be faulty. Replace it with new one following the
instructions in Chapter 4.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
2-59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2.15 TV Tuner Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting Procedures
2-60
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3
Tests and Diagnostics
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3-ii
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 3 Contents
3.1
The Diagnostic Test......................................................................................................3-1
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
Diagnostics menu....................................................................................3-1
H/W(Hardware) initial information setting tool.........................................3-3
Heatrun test program..............................................................................3-3
3.2
Executing the Diagnostic Test .......................................................................................3-4
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.2.3
Diagnostics menu (T&D) ........................................................................3-4
H/W initial information setting tool...........................................................3-7
Heatrun test program..............................................................................3-7
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
Setting of the hardware configuration............................................................................3-8
Heatrun Test..............................................................................................................3-11
Subtest Names...........................................................................................................3-12
System Test...............................................................................................................3-14
Memory Test.............................................................................................................3-16
Keyboard Test...........................................................................................................3-17
Display Test...............................................................................................................3-18
3.10 Floppy Disk Test .......................................................................................................3-21
3.11 Printer Test................................................................................................................3-23
3.12 Async Test.................................................................................................................3-25
3.13 Hard Disk Test ..........................................................................................................3-26
3.14 Real Timer Test..........................................................................................................3-29
3.15 NDP Test..................................................................................................................3-31
3.16 Expansion Test...........................................................................................................3-32
3.17 CD-ROM/DVD-ROM Test ......................................................................................3-34
3.18 Error Code and Error Status Names...........................................................................3-35
3.19 Hard Disk Test Detail Status ......................................................................................3-38
3.20 Only One Test ...........................................................................................................3-40
3.20.1 Program Description.............................................................................3-40
3.20.2 Operations ...........................................................................................3-40
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-iii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.21 Head Cleaning ...........................................................................................................3-47
3.21.1 Function Description.............................................................................3-47
3.21.2 Operations ...........................................................................................3-47
3.22 Log Utilities................................................................................................................3-48
3.22.1 Function Description.............................................................................3-48
3.22.2 Operations ...........................................................................................3-49
3.23 Running Test..............................................................................................................3-50
3.23.1 Function Description.............................................................................3-50
3.23.2 Operations ...........................................................................................3-50
3.24 Floppy Disk Drive Utilities..........................................................................................3-51
3.24.1 Function Description.............................................................................3-51
3.24.2 Operations ...........................................................................................3-52
3.25 System Configuration.................................................................................................3-56
3.25.1 Function Description.............................................................................3-56
3.25.2 Operations ...........................................................................................3-57
3.26 Wireless LAN Test Program (Intel-made b/g).............................................................3-58
3.27 Wireless LAN Test Program (Intel-made a/b/g)..........................................................3-62
3.28 Wireless LAN Test Program (Askey-made)...............................................................3-67
3.29 LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 Test Program.......................................................3-71
3.29.1 LAN test..............................................................................................3-71
3.29.2 Modem test..........................................................................................3-74
3.29.3 Bluetooth test .......................................................................................3-75
3.29.4 IEEE1394 test......................................................................................3-84
3.30 Sound Test Program..................................................................................................3-85
3.30.1 Sound (Standard) test...........................................................................3-85
3.30.2 Sound (Legacy) test..............................................................................3-87
3.30.3 CD Sound (Standard) test ....................................................................3-88
3.30.4 CD Sound (Legacy) test.......................................................................3-90
3.31 SETUP......................................................................................................................3-91
3.31.1 Function Description.............................................................................3-91
3-iv
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.31.2 Accessing the SETUP Program.............................................................3-92
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tables
Table 3-1
Table 3-2
Table 3-3
Table 3-4
Table 3-5
Table 3-6
Table 3-7
Subtest names................................................................................................3-12
Error codes and error status names.................................................................3-35
Hard disk controller status register contents ....................................................3-38
Error register contents....................................................................................3-39
Error message................................................................................................3-77
Error code for Bluetooth test (BD_ADDR).....................................................3-78
Error code for Bluetooth test (BD_ADDR of the DUT) ..................................3-82
3-vi
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-vii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.1 The Diagnostic Test
3
3.1 The Diagnostic Test
This chapter explains how to use the Diagnostic Test programs to test the functions of the
computer’s hardware modules. The Diagnostics Programs are stored on some Diagnostic Disks.
There are Service Program Modules (DIAGNOSTIC MENU) and the Test Program Modules
(DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU) on the Diagnostic Disk.
The Hardware Initial information Setting Tool consists of some programs which write the hardware
information or displays the current information of the computer. It is also included in one of
Diagnostic Disks.
The heatrun test is automatic test program which executes the some tests successively.
NOTE: Before starting the diagnostics, be sure to follow these steps:
1. Check all cables are connected firmly.
2. Exit any application and close Windows.
3. Check if [All Devices] is selected in the “Device Config.” in SETUP menu.
3.1.1 Diagnostics menu
The DIAGNOSTIC MENU consists of the following functions.
? DIAGNOSTIC TEST
? ONLY ONE TEST
? HEAD CLEANING
? LOG UTILITIES
? RUNNING TEST
? FDD UTILITIES
? SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
? EXIT TO MS-DOS
The DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU contains the following functional tests:
? SYSTEM TEST
? MEMORY TEST
? KEYBOARD TEST
? DISPLAY TEST
? FLOPPY DISK TEST
? PRINTER TEST
? ASYNC TEST
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.1 The Diagnostic Test
3 Tests and Diagnostics
? HARD DISK TEST
? REAL TIMER TEST
? NDP TEST
? EXPANSION TEST
? CD-ROM/DVD-ROM TEST
Other tests are:
? Wireless LAN TEST (Wireless LAN TEST disk)
? LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 TEST (LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 TEST disk)
? Sound TEST (Sound TEST disk)
You will need the following equipment to perform some of the Diagnostic test programs.
? The Diagnostic Disks (T&D for maintenance for Main, LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394,
wireless LAN and Sound)
? A formatted working disk (Floppy disk test)
? USB FDD (for all tests)
? A USB test module (USB test )
? A USB cable (USB test)
? An external CRT monitor (Expansion test)
? A CD test media TOSHIBA CD-ROM TEST DISK or ABEX TEST CD-ROM (Sound
test)
? A DVD test media (DVD-ROM TEST DISK TSD-1) (Sound test)
? A music CD (Sound test)
? A store-bought CD-RW media (CD-ROM/DVD-ROM test)
? A microphone (Sound test)
? Headphones (Sound test)
? A cleaning kit to clean the floppy disk drive heads (Head Cleaning)
? An exclusive modem test jig (Nitto Electric Manufacture Co.,Ltd-made QE2000P01)
(Modem test)
? A module cable and RJ11 connector checker (Modem test)
? A LAN wraparound connector (LAN test)
? PC card wraparound connector (Expansion test)
? A display with monitor ID function (Expansion test)
? RS232C wraparound connector (Async test)
? A PC for wraparound test (Wireless LAN test/Bluetooth test/IEEE1394 test)
3-2
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.1 The Diagnostic Test
3.1.2 H/W (Hardware) initial information setting tool
The H/W initial information setting tool consists of the following programs.
? Initial configuration
? Region write
? System configuration display
? E2PROM test (MAC/GUID/DMI)
You will need the following equipment to perform some of the programs.
? The Diagnostics Disk (Main T&D)
3.1.3 Heatrun test program
The heatrun test starts automatically after the selection.
You will need the following equipment to perform this program.
? The Diagnostics Disk (Main T&D)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.2 Executing the Diagnostic Test
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.2 Executing the Diagnostic Test
To start the DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM, follow these steps:
1. Insert the Diagnostics disk in the floppy disk drive.
2. Release the lock of the power switch and turn on the computer with pressing the F12.
Select the FDD in the display for selecting booting unit. Then, press Enter and the
following menu appears.
Microsoft Windows XX Startup Menu
---------------------------------------------------------
1. Repair Main (T&D)
2. Repair initial config set
3. Repair Heatrun (T&D)
Enter a choice: 1
To start the Diagnostics menu (T&D), press 1 and Enter .
To start the H/W initial information setting tool, press 2 and Enter.
To start the Heatrun test, press 3 and Enter.
NOTE: After replacing the system board or CPU, it is necessary to execute the subtest 01
Initial configuration in 3.3 Setting of the hardware configuration.
3.2.1 Diagnostics menu (T&D)
After pressing 1 and Enter in the startup menu, the following menu appears.
TOSHIBA personal computer XXXXXX DIAGNOSTICS
version X.XX (c) copyright TOSHIBA Corp. 20XX
DIAGNOSTICS MENU :
1 - DIAGNOSTIC TEST
2 – ONLY ONE TEST
3 -
4 - HEAD CLEANING
5 - LOG UTILITIES
6 - RUNNING TEST
7 - FDD UTILITIES
8 - SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
9 - EXIT TO MS-DOS
3-4
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.2 Executing the Diagnostic Test
NOTE: To exit the DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU, press Esc. If a test program is in
progress, press Ctrl + Break to exit the test program. If a test program is in
progress, press Ctrl + C to stop the test program.
Set the highlight bar to 1, and press Enter. The following DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU will
appear:
TOSHIBA personal computer XXXXXX DIAGNOSTICS
version X.XX (c) copyright TOSHIBA Corp. 20XX
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU :
1 - SYSTEM TEST
2 - MEMORY TEST
3 - KEYBOARD TEST
4 - DISPLAY TEST
5 - FLOPPY DISK TEST
6 - PRINTER TEST
7 – ASYNC TEST
[It is not supported]
[It is not supported]
8 - HARD DISK TEST
9 - REAL TIMER TEST
10 - NDP TEST
11 - EXPANSION TEST
12 - CD-ROM/DVD-ROM TEST
88 - ERROR RETRY COUNT SET [FDD & HDD]
99 - EXIT TO DIAGNOSTICS MENU
Functions 1 through 12 are the Diagnostic Tests. Function 88 sets the floppy disk drive and
hard disk drive error retry count (0-255).
To exit the submenu of the Diagnostic Test and returns to the Diagnostics Menu, set the
highlight bar to function 99 and press Enter.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.2 Executing the Diagnostic Test
3 Tests and Diagnostics
Select the option you want to execute and press Enter. When you select 1- SYSTEM TEST,
the following message will appear:
SYSTEM TEST NAME XXXXXX xxxxxxx DIAGNOSTIC TEST VX.XX
[Ctrl]+[Break] ; test end
[Ctrl]+[C]
;key stop
SUB-TEST : XX
PASS COUNT : XXXXX ERROR COUNT: XXXXX
WRITE DATA : XX READ DATA : XX
STATUS : XXX
ADDRESS
: XXXXXX
SUB-TEST MENU :
01 - ROM checksum
02 – Fan ON/OFF
03 - Geyserville
04 - Quick charge
05 - DMI read
99 - Exit to DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU
NOTE: The menu displayed by your computer may be slightly different from the one
shown above.
Select the desired subtest number from the subtest menu and press Enter. The following message
will appear:
TEST LOOP : YES (or NO)
ERROR STOP : YES (or NO)
Use the right and left arrow keys to move the cursor to the desired option.
Selecting YES of TEST LOOP increases the pass counter by one, each time the test cycle ends
and restarts the test cycle.
Selecting NO returns the process to the subtest menu after the test is complete.
Use the up and down arrow keys to move the cursor to “ERROR STOP”.
Use the right and left arrow keys to move the cursor to the desired option and press Enter.
3-6
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.2 Executing the Diagnostic Test
Selecting YES of ERROR STOP stops the test program when an error is found and displays the
operation guide on the right side of the display screen as shown below:
ERROR STATUS NAME [[ HALT OPERATION ]]
1: Test end
2: Continue
3: Retry
These three selections have the following functions respectively:
1. Terminates the test program and exits to the subtest menu.
2. Continues the test.
3. Restarts the test from the error.
Selecting NO keeps the test running even if an error is found. When an error occurred, the error
status is displayed and one error is added to the error counter.
Table 3-1 in section 3.5 describes the function of each test on the subtest menu. Table 3-2 in
section 3.18 describes the error codes and error status for each error.
Details of tests in DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU are described on and after section 3.6. As for
other service programs, refer to section 3.20 to 3.25.
3.2.2 H/W initial information setting tool
After selecting this test, the following menu appears in the display.
##################################################################
#
######
######
H/W initial information setting tool VX.XX
##################################################################
#
*
*
*
1 …………………………Initial configuration
2 …………………………Region write
3 ………………………… DMI information save
*
*
*
*
*
*
4 ………………………… DMI information recovery
8 …………………………System configuration display
9 …………………………E2PROM test (MAC/GUID/DMI)
*
*
*
******************************************************************
*
... Press test number[1,2,8,9] ?
For more details on this test, refer to the section 3.3.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.2 Executing the Diagnostic Test
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.2.3 Heatrun test program
Heatrun test starts executing the same subtests as RUNNING TEST.
For more details on this test, refer to the section 3.4.
3-8
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.3 Setting of the hardware configuration
3.3 Setting of the hardware configuration
To execute this program, select 2-Repair initial config setin the startup menu,
press Enter and follow the directions on the screen. The H/W initial information setting tool
consists of following subtests. Move the highlight bar to the subtest you want to execute and press
Enter.
Subtest 01
Initial configuration
This subtest executes the following items and shows their contents in the display.
When an item ends normally, the program proceeds automatically to the next one.
When an error is found, the program stops and waits for key input. (After solving
the problem, the program executes the item again.)
?
?
?
?
Setting of the CPU set table
Setting of the micro code
Setting of the EHSS
Inputting and writing of DMI information
When the DMI information is displayed,
the following messages appear
in order. Input each information. (If you do not replace the PCB, the DMI
information should not be changed.)
1. “Enter Model Name ?” is displayed. Input the computer’s
model name and press Enter. (e.g. Satellite)
2. “Enter Version Number ?” is displayed. Input the
computer’s version number and press Enter. (e.g. PC18070C313S)
3. “Enter Serial Number ?” is displayed. Input the computer’s
serial number and press Enter. (e.g. 12345678)
4. “Enter Model Number ?” is displayed. Input the computer’s
sales model number and press Enter. (e.g. PP200-AAAAA)
5. “Enter Bundle Number ?” is displayed. Input the computer’s
PCN/Bundle number and press Enter.
(e.g. PMSREQ3Q34H/S0123456789)
6. “Write data OK (Y/N) ?” is displayed. To write the DMI
information to the Flash ROM, press Y, and then Enter.
7. “Create DMIINFO TXT (Y/N) ?” is displayed. Press Y, then
the DMI information (text data) is written to the Floppy disk, etc.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.3 Setting of the hardware configuration
3 Tests and Diagnostics
?
?
?
?
Setting of the HWSC
Setting of the UUID
Display of the DMI information (including UUID)
Setting of DVD region code (Yes/No)
After completion of the above settings, H/W configuration & DMI information are
appeared in order. Check the contents and press Enter.
Subtest 02
Region write
This subtest sets the region code for DVD drive based on the destination of the
machine.
When the region code has been already written, test ends without setting.
The following message appears in the display after setting the region code. Press
any key to return to the H/W initial information setting tool menu.
***********************************
*******
It completed
*******
***********************************
*
*
Press any key to continue...
Subtest 03
Subtest 04
DMI information save
This is one of tools to copy the DMI information to a new PCB after replacing.
This subtest saves all the DMI data in a floppy disk.
DMI information recovery
This is one of tools to copy the DMI information to a new PCB after replacing.
This subtest writes all the DMI data in the floppy disk into the new PCB.
NOTE: Since the data of UUID is updated every time when this subtest, DMI information
recovery, is done, the saved UUID data is not written.
3-10
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.3 Setting of the hardware configuration
Subtest 08
System configuration display
This subtest displays the information of the system configuration.
When the following message appears, confirm the contents and press Enter.
Press [Enter] key
For more details on the system configuration information, refer to "3.25 System
configuration".
Subtest 09
E2PROM test (MAC/GUID/DMI)
It checks automatically whether the MAC address, GUID of IEEE1394 and
DMI information are written.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.4 Heatrun Test
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.4 Heatrun Test
To execute this program, select 3-Repair heatrunin the startup menu and press Enter.
After selecting this test, the same subtests as 3.23 Running Test are executed successively.
For more details on the procedure and test content, refer to Running Test.
When the heatrun test ends, following message appears in the display.
************************************************
HEATRUN TEST END
************************************************
Press any key to continue...
Press any key to return to the startup menu.
NOTE: The test result (Errorlog.txt) is stored in the floppy disk. The result is displayed in
the same format as Log Utilities. For more details of the format, refer to 3.22
Log Utilities.
3-12
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.5 Subtest Names
3.5 Subtest Names
Table 3-1 lists the subtest names for each test program in the DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU.
Table 3-1 Subtest names (1/2)
No.
Test Name
SYSTEM
Subtest No.
Subtest Name
ROM checksum
1
01
02
03
04
05
01
02
03
04
05
Fan ON/OFF
Geyserville
Quick charge
DMI read
Conventional memory
Protected Mode
Protected Mode (cache off)
Cache memory (on/off)
Stress
2
MEMORY
3
4
KEYBOARD
DISPLAY
Pressed key code display
01
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
VRAM read/write for VGA
Gradation for VGA
Gradation for LCD
Gradation & Mode test for VGA
All dot on/off for LCD
“H” pattern display
LCD Brightness
5
FLOPPY DISK
01
02
03
04
05
Sequential read
Sequential read/write
Random address/data
Write specified address
Read specified address
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.5 Subtest Names
3 Tests and Diagnostics
Table 3-1 Subtest names (2/2)
No.
Test Name
Subtest No.
Subtest Name
6
PRINTER
[Not supported]
01
02
03
Ripple pattern
Function
Wrap around
01
02
03
FIR/SIR Point to point (send)
FIR/SIR Point to point (receive)
Wrap around (board)
7
8
ASYNC
[Not supported]
HARD DISK
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
Sequential read
Address uniqueness
Random address/data
Cross talk & peak shift
Partial Read
Write specified address
Read specified address
Sequential write
W-R-C specified address
9
REAL TIMER
01
02
03
Real time
Backup memory
Real time carry
10
11
NDP
01
NDP test
EXPANSION
01
03
PCMCIA wrap around [Not supported]
RGB monitor ID
13
CD-ROM
/DVD-ROM
01
02
03
04
Sequential read
Read specified address
Random address/data
RW 1point W/R/C
3-14
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.6 System Test
3.6 System Test
To execute the System Test, select 1 from the DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU, press Enter and
follow the directions on the screen. Move the highlight bar to the subtest you want to execute and
press Enter.
Subtest 01
ROM Checksum
This subtest executes a checksum test of the BIOS ROM (range: F0000h to
FFFFFh, 64KB) on the System Board.
Subtest 02
Fan ON/OFF
This subtest turns on/off the fan motor by force with Fan ON/OFF commands.
The following message will appear.
Fan number select (1;FAN#1, 2;FAN#2, 0; FAN#1) ?
To check the CPU fan, press 1 and Enter.
To check the VGA fan, press 2 and Enter.
To check both CPU fan and VGA fan, press 0 and Enter.
The following message will appear.
Fan test execute now ... (CPU:xxxxRpm / GPU:xxxxRpm)
*** Test Fan Revolution 0000RPM start
Make sure the specidfied fan does not rotate and the message of fan revolution for
it is “0000Rpm”. Then press Enter.
The following message will appear.
*** Test Fan Revolution Low speed Start
Make sure the fan rotates at low speed and the message of fan revolution for it
changes. Then press Enter.
The following message will appear.
*** Test Fan Revolution High speed Start
Make sure the fan rotates at high speed and the message of fan revolution for it
changes. Then press Enter
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.6 System Test
3 Tests and Diagnostics
After a while, the fan rotating will stop.
Geyserville
Subtest 03
If the CPU supports Gerserville (SpeedStep), this Subtest checks that the CPU
operating clock speed can be changed.
Subtest 04
Subtest 05
Quick Charge
This subtest checks the status for the quick charge.
DMI read
This subtest displays the information in the Flash-ROM in the following format.
*** DMI Data Display Ver X.XX ***
Model Name
: XXXXXXXXXXX
Version Number : XXXXXXXXXXXX
Serial Number : XXXXXXXX
Model Number
UUID Number
: XXXXXX-XXXXX
: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Press [Enter] to EXIT
To exit this subtest and return to the SYSTEM test menu, press Enter.
3-16
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.7 Memory Test
3.7 Memory Test
To execute the Memory Test, select 2 from the DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU, press Enter and
follow the directions on the screen. Move the highlight bar to the subtest you want to execute and
press Enter.
Subtest 01
Conventional memory
This subtest writes a constant data to conventional memory (0 to 640 KB), then
reads the new data and compares the result with the original data.
Subtest 02
Protected Mode
NOTE: The CONFIG.SYS file must be configured without expanded memory manager
programs such as EMM386.EXE, EMM386.SYS or QEMM386.SYS. Also, the
HIMEM.SYS must be deleted from the CONFIG.SYS file.
This subtest writes constant data and address data (from 1MB to maximum MB),
and reads the new data and compares the result with the original data.
Subtest 03
Subtest 04
Protected Mode (Cache off)
This subtest executes the same test as the subtest 02 with the cache off.
Cache Memory (on/off)
To test the cache memory, a pass-through write-read comparison of ‘5Ah’ data is
run repeatedly to the test area (‘7000’:’Program’ size to ‘7000’:’7FFF’ (32 KB))
to check the hit-miss ratio (on/off status) for CPU cache memory. One test takes 3
seconds.
Number of misses ? Number of hits ? OK
Number of misses ? Number of hits ? Fail
Subtest 05
Stress
Data (from 1MB to the maximum MB) is written from the 16KB write buffer to the
16KB read buffer and compared the data in the buffers. The read buffer starts from
0001 and the comparison is continued with the following read buffer addresses:
0001, 0003, 0005, 0007, 0009, 000b, 000d and 000f.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.8 Keyboard Test
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.8 Keyboard Test
To execute the Keyboard Test, select 3 from the DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU, press Enter and
follow the directions on the screen. Move the highlight bar to the subtest you want to execute and
press Enter.
Subtest 01
Pressed key code display
When a key is pressed, the scan code, character code, and key top name are
displayed on the screen in the format shown below. The Ins Lock, Caps Lock,
Num Lock, Scroll Lock, Alt, Ctrl, Left Shift, and Right Shift keys are
displayed in reverse screen mode when pressed. The scan codes, character codes,
and key top names are shown in Appendix D.
KEYBOARD TEST IN PROGRESS 302000
Scan code
Character code =
Keytop
Ins Lock Caps Lock Num Lock
=
=
Scroll Lock
Alt
Ctrl
Left Shift Right Shift
PRESS [Enter] KEY
3-18
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.9 Display Test
3.9 Display Test
To execute the Display Test, select 4 from the DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU, press Enter and
follow the directions on the screen. Move the highlight bar to the subtest you want to execute and
press Enter.
Subtest 01
VRAM read/write for VGA
This subtest writes the constant data (AAh and 55h) to the video RAM. The data is
read and compared to the original data.
Subtest 02
Gradation for VGA
This subtest displays four colors: red, green, blue and white from left to right across
the screen from black to maximum brightness. The display below appears on the
screen, when this subtest is executed.
To exit this subtest and return to the DISPLAY TEST menu, press Enter.
Subtest 03
Gradation for LCD
This subtest displays bands of gradations for mixed colors, then for red, green, and
blue. Next, it displays eight solid colors full screen: red, semi-red, green, semi-
green, blue, semi-blue, white, and semi-white. Each color displays for three
seconds.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.9 Display Test
3 Tests and Diagnostics
Subtest 04
Gradation & Mode test for VGA
This subtest displays gradations for following modes. To change the mode, press
Enter.
[Mode 12]
[Mode 13]
[Mode 3]
[Mode 111 640*480 64K]
[Mode 112 640*480 16M]
[Mode 114 800*600 64K]
[Mode 115 800*600 16M]
[Mode 117 1024*768 64K]
[Mode 118 1024*768 16M]
The display below appears on the screen when this subtest is executed.
(Display example: Mode 12)
To exit this subtest and return to the DISPLAY TEST menu, press Enter after
displaying the Mode 118.
Subtest 05
All dot on/off for LCD
This subtest displays an all-white screen then an all-black screen. The display
changes automatically every three seconds and the screen returns to the DISPLAY
TEST menu.
3-20
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.9 Display Test
Subtest 06
“H” Pattern Display
This subtest displays a full screen of “H” patterns.
HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH
To exit this subtest and return to the DISPLAY TEST menu, press Enter.
NOTE: The last row may not be completely filled. This condition does not indicate an
error.
Subtest 07
LCD Brightness
The LCD brightness changes in the following order:
Super-Bright —> Bright —> Semi-Bright —> Bright —> Super-Bright
After displaying with Super-Bright of LCD brightness, the screen returns to the
DISPLAY TEST menu.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.10 Floppy Disk Test
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.10 Floppy Disk Test
CAUTION: Before running the floppy disk test, prepare a formatted work disk. Remove
the Diagnostics Disk and insert the work disk into the FDD because the
contents of the floppy disk will be erased.
To execute the Floppy Disk Test, select 5 from the DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU, press Enter
and follow the directions displayed on the screen.
1. The following message will appear. Select the media mode and start track to be tested and
press Enter.
Test start track
(Enter:0/dd:00-79) ?
2. The Floppy Disk test contains five subtests that test the FDD.
The floppy disk test menu will appear after you select FDD test parameters.
FLOPPY DISK
XXXXXXX
XXX DIAGNOSTIC TEST VX.XX
[Ctrl]+[Break]: test end
[Ctrl]+[C]
: key stop
SUB-TEST
: XX
PASS COUNT : XXXXX ERROR COUNT : XXXXX
WRITE DATA : XX
READ DATA
STATUS
: XX
: XXX
ADDRESS
: XXXXXX
SUB-TEST MENU:
01 - Sequential read
02 - Sequential read/write
03 - Random address/data
04 - Write specified address
05 - Read specified address
99 - Exit to DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU
3-22
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.10 Floppy Disk Test
Select the number of the subtest you want to execute and press Enter. The following message
will appear during the floppy disk test.
xxx DIAGNOSTIC TEST VX.XX
[Ctrl]+[Break]: test end
FLOPPY DISK IN PROGRESS XXXXXXX
[Ctrl]+[C]
: key stop
SUB-TEST
: XX
PASS COUNT : XXXXX ERROR COUNT : XXXXX
WRITE DATA : XX
ADDRESS : XXXXXX
READ DATA
STATUS
: XX
: XXX
When the subtest 04 or 05 is selected, the following messages will appear on the screen. Select
the test data (subtest 04 only), track number and head number you want to test.
Test data
Track No.
Head No.
?? (subtest 04 only)
??
?
Subtest 01
Sequential read
This subtest performs a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) that continuously reads
all the tracks (track: 0 to 39/0 to 79) on a floppy disk.
Subtest 02
Sequential read/write
This subtest continuously writes data pattern B5ADADh to all the tracks (track: 0
to 39/0 to 79) on a floppy disk. The data is then read and compared to the original
data.
Subtest 03
Subtest 04
Subtest 05
Random address/data
This subtest writes random data to random addresses on all tracks (track: 0 to 39/0
to 79) on a floppy disk. The data is then read and compared to the original data.
Write specified address
This subtest writes the data specified by an operator to a specified track, head, and
address.
Read specified address
This subtest reads data from a track, head, and address specified by an operator.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.11 Printer Test
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.11 Printer Test
CAUTION: Printer Test is not supported for this model.
To execute the Printer Test, select 6 from the DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU, press Enter and
follow the directions on the screen.
NOTE: An IBM compatible printer must be connected to the system to execute this test.
Also, printer port wraparound connector must be connected.
The following message will appear, after selecting the subtest 01 to 03 of the printer test:
channel#1 = XXXXh
channel#2 = XXXXh
channel#3 = XXXXh
Select the channel number (1-3) ?
The printer I/O port address is specified by the XXXXh number. The computer supports three
printer channels. Select the printer channel number, and press Enter to execute the selected
subtest.
Subtest 01
Ripple Pattern
This subtest prints characters for codes 20h through 7Eh line-by-line while shifting
one character to the left at the beginning of each new line.
3-24
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.11 Printer Test
Subtest 02
Function
This subtest is for IBM compatible printers, and tests the following functions:
Normal print
Double-width print
Compressed print
Emphasized print
Double-strike print
All characters print
This subtest prints the various print types shown below:
Subtest 03
Wraparound
NOTE: To execute this subtest, a printer wraparound connector must be connected to the
computer’s printer port.
This subtest checks the output and bi-directional modes of the data control and
status lines through the parallel port wraparound connector (34M741986G01).
(Both output and bi-directional modes are tested.)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.12 Async Test
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.12 Async Test
CAUTION: Async Test is not supported for this model.
To execute the Async Test, select 7 from the DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU, press Enter and
follow the directions displayed on the screen. Move the highlight bar to the subtest you want to
execute and press Enter.
Subtests 01 and 02 require the following data format:
Method:
Speed:
Data:
Asynchronous
38400BPS
8 bits and one parity bit (EVEN)
Data pattern: 20h to 7Eh
Subtest 01
FIR/SIR Point to point (send)
NOTE: To execute subtests 01 and 02, each computer must have access to the other
computer’s infrared port.
This subtest sends 20h through 7Eh data to the receive side, then receives the sent
data and compares it to the original data through the FIR/SIR port.
Subtest 02
Subtest 03
FIR/SIR Point to point (receive)
This subtest is used with subtest 01 described above. This subtest receives the data
from the send side, then sends the received data through the FIR/SIR port.
Wraparound (on board)
NOTE: To execute this subtest, a RS-232C wraparound connector must be connected to
the RS-232C port.
This subtest checks the data send/receive function through the wraparound
connector.
3-26
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.13 Hard Disk Test
3.13 Hard Disk Test
To execute the Hard Disk Test, select 8 from the DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU, press Enter, and
follow the directions on the screen.
CAUTION: The contents of the hard disk will be erased when subtest 02, 03, 04, 06, 08
or 09 is executed. Before running the test, the customer should transfer the
contents of the hard disk to floppy disk or another hard disk. If the customer
has not or cannot perform the back-up, create back-up disks as described
below.
Check to see if the Microsoft Create System Disks Tools (MSCSD.EXE) still
exists in the System Tools Folder. (This tool can be used only once.) If it
exists, use it to back up the pre-installed software, then use the Backup
utility in the System Tools folder to back up the entire disk, including the
user’s files.
Refer to the operating system instructions.
1. The following message appears for the error dump operation when a data compare error is
detected. Select 1 or 2.
Data compare error dump (1:no, 2:yes)
2. The following message appears for whether or not the HDD status is displayed on the
screen. The HDC status is described in section 3.19. Select 1 or 2.
Detail status display (1:no, 2:yes)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.13 Hard Disk Test
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3. The Hard Disk Test message will appear after you respond to the Detail Status prompt.
Select the number of the subtest you want to execute and press Enter. The following
message will appear during each subtest.
XXX DIAGNOSTIC TEST VX.XX
[Ctrl]+[Break]: test end
HARD DISK TEST XXXXXXX
[Ctrl]+[C]
: key stop
SUB TEST
: XX
PASS COUNT : XXXXX
WRITE DATA : XX
ERROR COUNT : XXXXX
READ DATA
STATUS
: XX
: XXX
ADDRESS
: XXXXXX
The first three digits of the ADDRESS indicate which cylinder is being tested, the fourth
digit indicates the head number and the last two digits indicate the sector number.
The first digit of the STATUS indicates the drive being tested and the last two digits indicate
the error status code as explained in the table 3-2 of the section 3.18.
Subtest 01
Sequential read
This subtest is a sequential reading of all the tracks on the HDD starting at track 0.
When all the tracks on the HDD have been read, the test starts at the maximum
track and reads the tracks on the HDD sequentially back to track 0.
Subtest 02
Address uniqueness
This subtest writes unique address data to each sector of the HDD track-by-track.
The data written to each sector is then read and compared with the original data.
There are three ways the HDD can be read:
1. Forward sequential
2. Reverse sequential
3. Random
Subtest 03
Random address/data
This subtest writes random data in a random length to random addresses. This data
is then read and compared to the original data.
3-28
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.13 Hard Disk Test
Subtest 04
Cross talk & peak shift
This subtest writes eight types of worst pattern data (listed below) to a cylinder and
then reads the data while moving from cylinder to cylinder. (Test the data
interference in the neighbor track)
Worst pattern data
Cylinder
‘B5ADAD’
‘4A5252’
‘EB6DB6’
‘149749’
’63B63B’
‘9C49C4’
‘2DB6DB’
‘D24974’
0 cylinder
1 cylinder
2 cylinder
3 cylinder
4 cylinder
5 cylinder
6 cylinder
7 cylinder
Subtest 05
Partial Read
This subtest reads 1GB data which is in minimum, middle and maximum address of
the HDD area.
Subtest 06
Subtest 07
Write specified address
This subtest writes specified data to a specified cylinder and head on the HDD.
Read specified address
This subtest reads data, which has been written to a specified cylinder and head on
the HDD.
Subtest 08
Subtest 09
Sequential write
This subtest writes specified 2-byte data to all of the cylinders on the HDD.
W-R-C specified address
This subtest writes data to a specified cylinder and head on the HDD, then reads
the data and compares it to the original data.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.14 Real Timer Test
3
3.14 Real Timer Test
To execute the Real Timer Test, select 9 from the DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU, press Enter and
follow the directions on the screen. Move the highlight bar to the subtest you want to execute and
press Enter.
Subtest 01
Real time
A new date and time can be input during this subtest. To execute the real time subtest,
follow these steps:
1. Select subtest 01 and the following messages will appear:
Current date : XX-XX-XXXX
Current time : XX:XX:XX
Enter new date:
PRESS [ENTER] KEY TO EXIT TEST
2. If the current date is not correct, input the correct date at the “Enter new date”
prompt and press Enter.
3. The date is updated and the following messages will appear:
Current date : XX-XX-XXXX
Current time : XX:XX:XX
Enter new time:
PRESS [ENTER] KEY TO EXIT TEST
4. If the current time is not correct, input the correct time in 24-hour format. To
enter ":", press Shift + ;. The time is updated.
To exit the test, press Enter.
Subtest 02
Backup memory
This subtest checks the following backup memories:
Writes 1-bit of “on” data (01h through 80h) to address 0Eh through 7Fh
Writes 1-bit of “off” data (FEh through 7Fh) to address 0Eh through 7Fh
Writes the data pattern AAh and 55h to the address 0Eh to 7Fh
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.14 Real Timer Test
3 Tests and Diagnostics
Then the subtest reads and compares this data with the original data.
3-30
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.14 Real Timer Test
Subtest 03
Real time carry
CAUTION: When this subtest is executed, the current date and time are erased.
This subtest checks the real time clock increments. Make sure the date and time are
displayed in the following format:
Current date : 12-31-1999
Current time : 23:59:58
The real time increments are automatically executed and the following is displayed:
Current date : 01-01-2000
Current time : 00:00:00
PRESS [Enter] KEY TO EXIT TEST
To exit the test, press Enter.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.15 NDP Test
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.15 NDP Test
To execute the NDP test, select 10 from the DIAGNOSTICS TEST MENU, press Enter and
follow the directions on the screen.
Subtest 01
NDP
This test checks the following functions of NDP:
? Control word
? Status word
? Bus
? Addition
? Multiplication
3-32
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.16 Expansion Test
3.16 Expansion Test
To execute the expansion test, select 11 from the DIAGNOSTICS TEST MENU, press Enter
and follow the directions on the screen.
Subtest 01
PCMCIA wraparound
NOTE:: PCMCIA wraparound test is not supported for this model.
NOTE: To execute this subtest, the PC card wraparound connector is required.
This subtest checks the following signal line of the PC card slot:
? Address line
? REG#, CE#1, CE#2 line
? Data line
? Speaker line
? Wait line
? BSY#, BVD1 line
This subtest is executed in the following order:
Sub#
Address
Good
Bad
Contents
Address line
REG#, CE#1, CE#2
nn=A0, 90, 80, 00
01
00001
00001
nn
nn
xx
xx
02
00002
ww
rr
Data line
ww=write data, rr=read data
03
04
05
00003
00004
00005
––
40,80
nn
––
xx
xx
Speaker line
Wait line (40<xx<80)
Other lines (BSY#, BVD1)
NN=21, 00
NOTE: When selecting the subtest number01, the following message will appear:
Test slot number select (1:slot0, 2:slot1, 0:slot0&1)?
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.16 Expansion Test
3 Tests and Diagnostics
Subtest 02
RGB monitor ID
NOTE: To execute this subtest, an external monitor with monitor ID function is
required.
Connect the external monitor to the PC for the test of ID acquisition.
The judgment of acquisition is based on the panel data. In simultaneous display
mode or internal display mode, in which the panel data is acquired, this subtest will
fail. Therefore, make sure only the external display is selected when executing this
subtest.
3-34
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.17 CD-ROM/DVD-ROM Test
3.17 CD-ROM/DVD-ROM Test
To execute the CD-ROM/DVD-ROM test, select 13 from the DIAGNOSTICS TEST MENU,
press Enter and follow the directions on the screen.
NOTE: For the subtest 01, 02 and 03, use the TOSHIBA CD-ROM TEST DISK TDY-01 or
ABEX TEST CD-ROM TCDR-702 and DVD-ROM TEST DISK TSD-1. For the
subtest 04, use a CD-RW on the market.
Subtest 01
Sequential read
This subtest is a sequential reading of one-block units (2K bytes) of all the logical
addresses.
Subtest 02
Subtest 03
Read specified address
This subtest reads one-block data from a specified address.
Random address/data
This subtest reads one-block data and multi-block data from random addresses
200 times.
Subtest 04
RW 1point W/R/C
This subtest writes, reads and compares data at one point on a CD/RW media.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.18 Error Code and Error Status Names
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.18 Error Code and Error Status Names
Table 3-2 lists the error codes and error status names for the Diagnostic Test.
Table 3-2 Error codes and error status names (1/3)
Device name
(Common)
Error code
Error status name
Data Compare Error
FF
ROM - CHECKSUM ERROR
System
01
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
ROM - SERIAL ID WRITE ERROR
ROM - NOT SUPPORTED PS-SYSTEM
ROM - SENSING ERROR(AC-ADAPT)
ROM - SENSING ERROR(1st Batt)
ROM - SENSING ERROR(2nd Batt)
ROM - THORMISTOR ERROR(1)
ROM - THORMISTOR ERROR(2)
ROM - THORMISTOR ERROR(3)
Memory
01
02
DD
RAM - PARITY ERROR
RAM - PROTECTED MODE NO CHANGE'
RAM - CACHE MEMORY ERROR
Keyboard
FE
FD
F0
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
FA
EF
ED
USB - GET DESCR.ERROR (FIRST)
USB - SET ADDRESS ERROR
HUB - GET DESCR.ERROR(Top 8B)
HUB - GET DESCR.ERROR (Whole)
HUB - SET CONFIGURATION ERROR
HUB - GET DESCR.ERROR(DESCR.)
HUB - SET FEATURE ERROR(P ON)
HUB - GET STATUS ERROR
HUB - SET FEATURE ERROR(RESET)
HUB - CLEAR FEATURE ERROR
HUB - CLEAR FEATURE1 ERROR
HUB - SET FEATURE ERROR(Enab.)
HUB - CLEAR FEATURE2 ERROR
USB - OVER CURRENT ERROR
USB - GET DESCR.ERROR(SECOND)'
Display
EE
VRAM SIZE NOT SUPPORT
3-36
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.18 Error Code and Error Status Names
Table 3-2 Error codes and error status names (2/3)
Device name
FDD
Error code
Error status name
01
02
03
04
08
09
10
20
40
80
60
06
EE
FDD - BAD COMMAND ERROR
FDD - ADDRESS MARK NOT FOUND
FDD - WRITE PROTECTED
FDD - RECORD NOT FOUND
FDD - DMA OVERRUN ERROR
FDD - DMA BOUNDARY ERROR
FDD - CRC ERROR
FDD - FDC ERROR
FDD - SEEK ERROR
FDD - TIME OUT ERROR
FDD - NOT DRIVE ERROR
FDD - MEDIA REMOVED
FDD - WRITE BUFFER ERROR
Printer
01
08
10
20
40
80
PRT - TIME OUT
PRT – FAULT
PRT - SELECT LINE
PRT - OUT OF PAPER
PRT - POWER OFF
PRT - BUSY LINE
ASYNC
01
02
04
08
10
20
40
80
88
05
06
RS232C - [DTR ON] TIME OUT
RS232C - [CTS ON] TIME OUT
RS232C - [RX READY] TIME OUT
RS232C - [TX FULL] TIME OUT
RS232C - PARITY ERROR
RS232C - FRAMING ERROR
RS232C - OVERRUN ERROR
RS232C - LINE STATUS ERROR
RS232C - MODEM STATUS ERROR
SIR - TIME OUT ERROR
FIR - TIME OUT ERROR
HDD
05
07
09
0B
BB
08
01
02
04
10
20
40
80
11
AA
HDD - HDC NOT RESET ERROR
HDD - DRIVE NOT INITIALIZE
HDD - DMA BOUNDARY ERROR
HDD - BAD TRACK ERROR
HDD - UNDEFINED ERROR
HDD - OVERRUN ERROR (DRQ ON)
HDD - BAD COMMAND ERROR
HDD - ADDRESS MARK NOT FOUND
HDD - RECORD NOT FOUND ERROR
HDD - ECC ERROR
HDD - HDC ERROR
HDD - SEEK ERROR
HDD - TIME OUT ERROR
HDD - ECC RECOVER ENABLE
HDD - DRIVE NOT READY
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.18 Error Code and Error Status Names
3 Tests and Diagnostics
Table 3-2 Error codes and error status names (3/3)
Device name
(HDD)
Error code
Error status name
HDD - WRITE FAULT
HDD - STATUS ERROR
HDD - BAD SECTOR
HDD - ACCESS TIME ERROR
HDD - NO HDD
HDD - DMA CRC ERROR
CC
E0
0A
EE
DA
12
NDP
01
02
03
04
05
06
NDP - NO CO-PROCESSOR
NDP - CONTROL WORD ERROR
NDP - STATUS WORD ERROR
NDP - BUS ERROR
NDP - ADDITION ERROR
NDP - MULTIPLAY ERROR
EXPANSION
C1
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
CB
CC
CE
CF
ADDRESS LINE ERROR
CE#1 LINE ERROR
CE#2 LINE ERROR
DATA LINE ERROR
WAIT LINE ERROR
BSY# LINE ERROR
BVD1 LINE ERROR
ZV-Port ERROR
NO PCMCIA
CARD TYPE ERROR
ZV_CONT# ERROR
CD-ROM
/DVD-ROM
01
02
03
04
05
06
09
11
20
40
80
90
B0
BAD COMMAND
ILLEGAL LENGTH
UNIT ATTENTION
MEDIA CHANGE REQUEST
MEDIA DETECTED
ADDITIMAL SENSE
BOUNDARY ERROR
CORRECTED DATA ERROR
DRIVE NOT READY
SEEK ERROR
TIME OUT
RESET ERROR
ADDRESS ERROR
3-38
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.19 Hard Disk Test Detail Status
3.19 Hard Disk Test Detail Status
When an error occurs in the hard disk test, the following message is displayed:
HDC status = XXXXXXXX
Detailed information about the hard disk test error is displayed on the screen by an eight-digit
number. The first four digits represent the hard disk controller (HDC) error status number and the
last four digits are not used.
The hard disk controller error status is composed of two bytes; the first byte displays the contents
of the HDC status register in hexadecimal form and the second byte displays the HDC error
register.
The contents of the HDC status register and error register are listed in Tables 3-3 and 3-4.
Table 3-3 Hard disk controller status register contents
Bit
Name
Description
7
BSY
(Busy)
“0” … HDC is ready.
“1” … HDC is busy.
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DRY
(Drive ready)
“0” … Hard disk drive is not ready to accept any command.
“1” … Hard disk drive is ready.
DWF
(Drive write fault)
“0” … DWF error is not detected.
“1” … Write fault condition occurred.
DSC
“0” … The hard disk drive heads are not settled over a track.
“1” … The hard disk drive heads are settled over a track.
(Drive seek complete)
DRQ
(Data request)
“0” … Drive is not ready for data transfer.
“1” … Drive is ready for data transfer.
COR
(Corrected data)
“0” … Not used
“1” … Correctable data error is corrected.
IDX
(Index)
“0” … Not used
“1” … Index is sensed.
ERR
“0” … Normal
(Error)
“1” … The previous command was terminated with an error.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.19 Hard Disk Test Detail Status
3 Tests and Diagnostics
Table 3-4 Error register contents
Bit
Name
Description
7
BBK
“0” … Not used
(Bad block mark)
“1” … A bad block mark is detected.
6
UNC
“0” … There is no uncorrectable data error.
(Uncorrectable)
“1” … Uncorrectable data error has been detected.
5
4
——
Not used
IDN
“0” … Not used
(Identification)
“1” … There is no ID field in the requested sector.
3
2
——
Not used
ABT
“0” … Not used
(Abort)
“1” … Illegal command error or command abort.
1
TK0
(Track 0)
“0” … The hard disk found track 0 during a recalibrate
command.
“1” … The hard disk could not find track 0 during a recalibrate
command.
0
——
Not used
3-40
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.20 ONLY ONE TEST
3.20 ONLY ONE TEST
3.20.1 Program Description
This program tests the unique functions of this model.
3.20.2 Operations
Select test 2 from the DIAGNOSTIC MENU and press Enter. The following menu appears in the
display.
################################################################
#
########
#######
ONLY ONE TEST Menu (XXXXXXXXX)
################################################################
#
*
*
* 1 ............ Pressed Key Display
*
* 2 ............ Touch Pad
* 3 ............ GP Button
* 4 ............ Kill Switch
* 5 ............ USB
* 6 ............ Touch Pad ( Scroll Button )
* 7 ............ LED
* 8 ............ Remocon ( Sound, onsei/onta )
*
* 9 ............ Common Test
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
****************************************************************
*
.... Press test number[1-8, 9] ?
Select the subtest number you want to test and press Enter.
To return to the DIAGNOSTIC TEST menu, select 9 and press Enter.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.20 ONLY ONE TEST
3 Tests and Diagnostics
Subtest 01
Pressed key display
When you execute this subtest, the keyboard layout is drawn on the display as
shown below. When any key is pressed, the corresponding key on the screen
changes to the key character that was pressed. Holding a key down enables the
auto-repeat function which causes the key’s display character to blink.
Press Del + Enter to end the test.
IF TEST OK, Press [Dell][Enter]key
3-42
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.20 ONLY ONE TEST
Subtest 02
Touch Pad
This subtest checks the functions of the touch pad as shown below.
A) Direction and parameter
B) Switching function check.
This test displays the response from the touch pad and touch pad switch. When
moving your finger on the touch pad towards the upper left, the <POINTING>
display changes according to the following illustration. If a touch pad switch is
pressed, the <BUTTONS>displays appear on the right side one by one. The
parameters appear above the <BUTTONS> (1) or (2) corresponding to the
pressed touch pad switch highlights. To end this subtest, press two touch pad
switches at the same time.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.20 ONLY ONE TEST
3 Tests and Diagnostics
Subtest 03
GP Button
This subtest checks if the AV buttons (10 buttons) work properly.
The following message appears in the display.
Press button [0]
Press the AV button from the left (the AV button nearest to power button). The
name of AV buttons in the message is described as number (0-9) from the left side.
(Refer to the following picture.)
Power button
AV buttons
0
7
8
9
4
1
2
3
5
6
Press the AV button [0], and then the following message will appear in the display.
Press button [1]
As the same way, press the specified AV button and carry on the AV button test.
If wrong key is pressed, following message will appear in the display.
Press any key !
When any key is pressed, message for pressing an AV button will appear in the
display again. Unless the right AV button is pressed, this operation is repeated.
After checking all AV buttons, the screen returns to the ONLY ONE TEST menu
automatically.
Subtest 04
Kill Switch
This subtest checks if the Wireless communication switch works properly.
If the test is started with the switch ON, the following message appears in the
display.
Kill switch is set to a start position (OFF)
3-44
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.20 ONLY ONE TEST
Slide the switch to OFF position. Then, the following message appears in the
display.
KILL SWITCH ON !!
Slide the switch to ON position. Then, the following message appears in the display.
KILL SWITCH OFF !!
After Sliding the switch to OFF position, the screen returns to the ONLY ONE
TEST menu automatically.
Subtest 05
USB
NOTE: When executing this subtest, USB test module and USB cable must be
connected.
This subtest checks if USB ports work properly.
The following menu appears in the display.
################################################################
#
########
#######
ONLY ONE TEST Menu (XXXXXXXXX)
################################################################
#
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
* 0 ............ Port 0
* 1 ............ Port 1
* 2 ............ Port 2
* 3 ............ Port 3
* 9 ............ EXIT
*
****************************************************************
*
.... Press test number[0-3, 9] ?
Connect the USB test module and USB cable to the computer.
Input the test port number and press Enter.
OK message appears in the display if the test ends without a fail.
NG message appears in the display if an error is found during the test. Confirm the
connection of cable, and then execute the test again.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.20 ONLY ONE TEST
3 Tests and Diagnostics
Press 9 and Enter to return to ONLY ONE TESST menu.
3-46
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.20 ONLY ONE TEST
Subtest 06
Touch Pad (Scroll Button)
This subtest checks if the scroll button of touch pad works properly.
The following message appears in the display.
****** Scroll button TEST (VX.XX) ******
Press Scroll button
Up Button xxx
Down Button xxx
Press [ESC] key to EXIT
Check the message “xxx” changes to ON while pressing UP or DOWN button of
scroll button and changes to OFF when releasing the buttons.
Press ESC and return to ONLY ONE TESST menu.
LED
Subtest 07
This subtest checks if each LED lights properly.
The following message appears in the display in order. Follow the instructions in the
display to execute the test.
[HDD Access LED test]
Confirm the LED of HDD status blinks properly.
Press any key and following message appears in the display.
[Caps/Num/Overlay BT/W-LAN LED test]
(1) Press [Caps Lock ] key ! ...Caps
(on/off)
(2) Press [Fn + F10 ] key ! ...Arrow (on/off)
(3) Press [Fn + F11 ] key ! ...Num
(4) Slide [BT/W-LAN switch L&R]!
(on/off)
(on/off)
Confirm corresponding LED lights properly.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.20 ONLY ONE TEST
3 Tests and Diagnostics
Press Enter and following message appears in the display.
Check [PowerSW-LED]= Green
Check if the Power Switch LED lights in the following order.
(Green -> Orange -> Blue -> OFF)
Press any key and the following message appears in the display.
Check [DC-IN]&[Power]&[Main Battery]LED= Green/Orange
Check if the each LED lights in the same color shown in the display (Message
switches Green <-> Orange).
Press Enter to return to the ONLY ONE TEST menu.
Remocon (Sound, onsei/onta)
Subtest 08
This subtest checks if AUDIO button of supplied remote controller works properly.
The following message appears in the display.
Press [Sound, Onta/Onsei] button !
Press AUDIO button of the remote controller and return to the ONLY ONE TEST
menu.
3-48
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.21 Head Cleaning
3.21 Head Cleaning
3.21.1 Function Description
This function cleans the heads in the FDD by executing a series of head load/seek and read
operations. A cleaning kit is necessary to perform this program.
3.21.2 Operations
1. Selecting test 4 from the DIAGNOSTIC MENU and pressing Enter displays the following
messages:
DIAGNOSTICS - FLOPPY DISK HEAD CLEANING : VX.XX
Mount cleaning disk(s) on drive(s).
Press any key when ready.
2. Remove the Diagnostics Disk from the FDD, then insert the cleaning disk and press Enter.
3. When the “cleaning start”message appears, the FDD head cleaning has begun.
4. The display automatically returns to the DIAGNOSTIC MENU when the program is
completed.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.22 Log Utilities
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.22 Log Utilities
3.22.1 Function Description
This function logs error information generated while a test is in progress and stores the results in
RAM. This function can store data on a floppy disk, or output the data to a printer or the display.
The error information is displayed in the following order:
1. Error count (CNT)
2. Test name, Subtest number (TS-No)
3. Pass count (PASS)
4. Error status (STS)
5. FDD/HDD or memory address (ADDR)
6. Write data (WD)
7. Read data (RD)
8. HDC status (HSTS)
9. Error status name (ERROR STATUS NAME)
If the power switch is turned off, the error information will be lost.
3-50
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.22 Log Utilities
3.22.2 Operations
1. Select 5 and press Enter in the DIAGNOSTIC MENU, the error information is displayed
in the following format:
XXXXX ERRORS
CNT TS-NO PASS STS ADDR WDRDHSTS [ERROR STATUS NAME]
001 FDD 02 0000 103 00001 00000000 FDD-WRITE PROTECTED
001 FDD 01 0000 180 00001 00000000 FDD-TIME OUT ERROR
Address
Error status
HDC status
Pass count
Read data
Subtest number
Error status name
Write data
Test name
Error count
[[1:Next,2:Prev,3:Exit,4:Clear,5:Print,6:FD Log Read,7:FD Log Write]]
2. The error information displayed on the screen can be manipulated by the following number
keys:
The 1 key scrolls the display to the next page.
The 2 key scrolls the display to the previous page.
The 3 key returns to the Diagnostic Menu.
The 4 key erases all error log information in RAM.
The 5 key outputs the error log information to a printer.
The 6 key reads the log information from a floppy disk.
The 7 key writes the log information to a floppy disk.
3. In the case of “error retry OK,” a capital “R” will be placed at the beginning of the error
status. However, it is not added to the error count.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.23 Running Test
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.23 Running Test
3.23.1 Function Description
This function automatically executes the following tests in sequence:
1. System test (subtest 01)
2. Memory test (subtests 01, 02, 06)
3. Display test (subtest 01)
4. Real timer test (subtest 02)
5. HDD test (subtests 01)
The system automatically detects the number of floppy disk drives connected to the computer for
the FDD test.
3.23.2 Operations
1. Select 6 from the Diagnostic Menu and press Enter, the following messages for selectable
tests will appear in the display in order.
FDD write/read test (Y/N) ?
Printer wrap around test (Y/N) ?
Serial wrap around test (Y/N) ?
CD-ROM/DVD-ROM test (Y/N) ?
2. To execute the test, press Y and Enter. To cancel the test, press N and Enter. If you
select the selectable tests, follow the instruction message in the display.
3. After selecting the selectable tests, the running test starts automatically. To terminate the
program, press Ctrl + Break.
3-52
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.24 Floppy Disk Drive Utilities
3.24 Floppy Disk Drive Utilities
3.24.1 Function Description
This function formats the FDD, copies the floppy disk and displays the dump list for both the FDD
and HDD.
1. FORMAT
NOTE: This program is only for testing a floppy disk drive. It is different from the
Toshiba MS-DOS FORMAT command.
This program can format a floppy disk in the following formats:
(a) 2DD: Double-sided, double-density, double-track, 96/135 TPI, MFM mode, 512
bytes, 9 sectors/track.
(b) 2HD: Double-sided, high-density, double-track, 96/135 TPI, MFM mode, 512
bytes, 18 sectors/track.
2. COPY
This program copies data from a source floppy disk to a target floppy disk.
3. DUMP
This program displays the contents of the floppy disk and the designated sectors of the hard
disk on the display.
4. HDD ID READ
This program reads the hard disk ID and displays hard disk information.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.24 Floppy Disk Drive Utilities
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.24.2 Operations
1. Selecting 7 from the DIAGNOSTIC MENU and pressing Enter displays the following
message:
[ FDD UTILITIES ]
1 - FORMAT
2 - COPY
3 - DUMP
4 – HDD-ID READ
9 - EXIT TO DIAGNOSTICS MENU
2. FORMAT program
(a) Selecting FORMAT displays the following message:
DIAGNOSTICS - FLOPPY DISK FORMAT : VX.XX
Drive number select (1:A, 2:B) ?
(b) Select a drive number to display the following message:
Type select (0:2DD, 3:2HD) ?
(c) Select a media/drive type number and press Enter. A message similar to the one
below will be displayed:
Warning : Disk data will be destroyed.
Insert work disk into drive A:
Press any key when ready.
(d) Remove the Diagnostics Disk from the FDD, insert the work disk and press any
key.
The following message will be displayed when the FDD format is executed:
[ FDD TYPE ] : TRACK = XXX
[ FDD TYPE ] : HEAD = X
[ FDD TYPE ] : SECTOR = XX
Format start
[[track, head = XXX X]]
After the floppy disk is formatted, the following message will appear:
Format complete
Another format (1:Yes/2:No) ?
(e) Typing 1 displays the message from step (c) above. Typing 2 returns the test to the
DIAGNOSTIC MENU.
3-54
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.24 Floppy Disk Drive Utilities
3. COPY program
(a) When COPY is selected, the following message appears:
FLOPPY DISK FORMAT & COPY : VX.XX
Type select (0:2DD,3:2HD) ?
(b) Selecting a media/drive type number will display a message similar to the one below:
Insert source disk into drive A:
Press any key when ready.
(c) Remove the Diagnostics Disk from the FDD, insert the source disk and press any
key. The following message will appear, indicating the program has started.
[ FDD TYPE ] : TRACK = XXX
[ FDD TYPE ] : HEAD
= X
[ FDD TYPE ] : SECTOR = XX
Copy start
[[ track,head = XXX X ]]
(d) The following message will appear.
Insert target disk into drive A:
Press any key when ready.
(e) Remove the source disk from the FDD, then insert a formatted work disk and press
any key. The following message will appear and start copying to the target disk.
[[ track,head = XXX X ]]
(f) When the amount of data is too large to be copied in one operation, the message
from step (b) is displayed again. After the floppy disk has been copied, the
following message will appear:
Copy complete
Another copy (1:Yes/2:No) ?
(g) To copy another disk, type 1 and the message from step (a) is displayed again.
Entering 2 returns the test program to the DIAGNOSTIC MENU.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.24 Floppy Disk Drive Utilities
3 Tests and Diagnostics
4. DUMP program
(a) When DUMP is selected, the following message appears:
DIAGNOSTICS-HARD DISK & FLOPPY DISK DUMP : VX.XX
Drive type select (1:FDD, 2:HDD) ?
(b) Select a drive type. If 2:HDDis selected, the display will go to step (h). If 1:FDDis
selected, the following message will appear:
Select drive number (1:A, 2:B) ?
(c) Select a drive number and the following message will be displayed.
Format type select (1:2DD, 3:2HD) ?
(d) If 3:2HDis selected, the following message will appear. Select a media mode.
2HD media mode (1:1.20MB, 2:1.44MB, 3:1.23MB)?
(e) The following message will appear:
Insert source disk into drive A:
Press any key when ready.
(f) Insert a source disk and press any key and the following message will appear:
—— Max. address ——
[Track ] = XXXX
[Head ] = XX
[Sector] = XX
Track number ????
(g) Set the track number, head number and sector number you want to dump. The
system will access the disk and dump a list. Then the message shown in (k) will
appear.
(h) The following message will appear when selecting 2:HDDin (a).
Select drive number (1:C, 2:D) ?
(i) Select a drive number and the following message will be displayed.
---Max. address ---
[LBA ] = XXXXXXXXX
LBA number ????????
(j) Set the LBA number you want to dump. The system will access the disk and dump
a list.
3-56
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.24 Floppy Disk Drive Utilities
(k) The following message will appear. To finish the dump, select 3.
Press number key (1:up,2:down,3:end) ?
(l) The following message will appear. Selecting 2 returns to the FDD UTILITIES
MENU.
Another dump (1:Yes,2:No) ?
5. HDD ID READ program
Selecting HDD ID displays the following HDD ID configuration:
[HDD ID Read (VX.XX)] [Drive #1]
Model No.
= XXXXXXX
Press Enter to return to the FDD UTILITIES MENU.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.25 System Configuration
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3
3.25 System Configuration
3.25.1 Function Description
NOTE: To display the system configuration, the write protect tab should be OFF
position. If the tab is ON position, move the tab to OFF position and restart the test.
Otherwise the correct information cannot be acquired.
The System Configuration program contains the following configuration information for the
computer:
1. Processor Type [Code/L2 cache]
2. Chip set [VRAM]
3. BIOS ROM version [1st ID, 2nd ID]
4. Boot ROM version
5. EC total version
6. PS Microprocessor version
7. SVP parameter version [Panel/Manufacture code/Product code]
8. Micro code revision [Processor number]
9. Total Memory Size [Conventional memory]
10. Battery code
11. HWSC
12. FSB [Voltage]
13. The number of printer ports
14. The number of ASYNC ports
15. Math co-processors
16. Floppy Disk Drive [Track/Head/Sector]
17. Hard Disk Drive [Sector/Drive size/Manufacture code]
18. Optical Disk Drive [Maker/Drive type/Manufacture code/Product code]
19. T&D total version
20. Date/Time
3-56
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.25 System Configuration
3.25.2 Operations
Select 8 from the DIAGNOSTIC MENU and press Enter. Then, the following system
configuration appears in the display.
System Configuration Display : Ver X.XX [Machine Name ???]
* - Processor Type
* - Chip set
= XXXXXX-XXXXXMHz
= XXXXXX
Code = XX
VRAM = XXXXMB
L2 Cache = XXXXXKB
* - BIOS-ROM Version
* - BOOT-ROM Version
* - EC Total Version
* - PS Micon Version
* - SVP Par. Version
* - Micro code Revision
= VX.XX
= VX.XX
= VX.XX
= VX.XX
= VX.XX
1st ID = XXH, 2nd ID = XXH
(Panel=XXXXXXXXX, Manu=XXXX, Prod=XXXX)
(Processor=XXXh)
= VX.XX
* - Total Memory Size = XXXXXXMB (Conventional Memory = XXXKB)
* - Battery Code
* - HWSC
= XXXXXXXXXXXX
= XXXXXXX
* - FSB
= XXXXXMHz (Voltage = XEh)
LPT1 = XXXX LPT2 = XXXX LPT3 = XXXX
COM1 = XXXX COM2 = XXXX COM3 = XXXX
* - X Printer Adapter
* - X ASYNC Adapter
* - X Math CO-Processor
* - X Floppy Disk Drive(s)
* - X Hard Disk Drive(s)
Track = XX Head = XX, Sector = XX
#1 Sectors = XXXXX, (XXXXX GB) [XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX]
#2 Sectors = XXXXX, (XXXXX GB) [XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX]
* - ODD
= XXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX [XXXXXXXXXXXX]
* - T&D Total Version = VX.XX
Press [Enter] Key
[Date = XXXX-YY-ZZ, XX:YY:ZZ]
Press Enter to return to the DIAGNOSTIC MENU.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.26 Wireless LAN Test Program (Intel-made b/g)
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.26 Wireless LAN Test Program (Intel-made b/g)
This section describes how to perform the wireless LAN transmitting-receiving test (Intel-made
Calexico 802.11b/g). To execute the wireless LAN test, use the Diagnostics disk for wireless LAN
test. Finish the tests of the Main test program by selecting 99 - EXIT TO DIAGNOSTICS MENU
in the DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU. Then in the DIAGNOSTICS MENU, select 9 - EXIT TO
MS-DOS.
Insert the Diagnostics disk for wireless LAN test into the Floppy Disk Drive. Turn on the power
while pressing U.
The following menu appears in the display.
******Intel Calexico 11b/g Card Maintenance test Menu******
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1 : SKU check of Module
2 : MAC Address Check
3 : Antenna Check & communication test of 11b mode *
*
4 : Communication test of 11g mode
*
*
5 : All the tests of Calexico 11g Card
*
*
(SKU & MAC Check, 11b/g communication test)
*
***********************************************************
SELECT TEST No. (1-5) :
To execute the subtest, input the subtest number and press Enter.
Subtest01
SKU check of module
This subtest displays SKU information on the wireless LAN card installed. When
selecting this subtest, following message will appear in the display. Confirm if the
right information on the wireless LAN card is described.
*************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
Module : Intel Calexico 802.11b/g (MoW)
G-code : G36C0000X310
*
*
*
*
PBA No. : C55369
*************************************************************
If a defective is found during the test, NG message will appear in the display.
Press any key to return to the test menu.
3-58
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.26 Wireless LAN Test Program (Intel-made b/g)
When a defective is detected in the test, following typical cause is considered.
? Bad connection of wireless LAN card
? Using a wrong wireless LAN card (Using unspecified card)
? Defective wireless LAN card
Check the connection and execute the subtest again.
MAC Address Check
Subtest02
This subtest displays the MAC address. When selecting this subtest, following
message will appear in the display.
********************MAC CHECK********************************
MAC = XXXXXXXXXXXX
*************************************************************
*************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
MAC Address Check : OK !!
*************************************************************
Press any key to return to the test menu.
If a defective is found during the test, following message will appear in the display.
*********************MAC CHECK*******************************
ERROR: MAC all 0
MAC = XXXXXXXXXXXX
*************************************************************
*************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
MAC Address Check : NG !!
*************************************************************
Press any key to return to the test menu.
When a defective is detected in the test, following typical cause is considered.
? Bad of wireless LAN card
? Defective wireless LAN card
? Disappearance of MAC address data
Check the connection and execute the subtest again.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.26 Wireless LAN Test Program (Intel-made b/g)
3 Tests and Diagnostics
Subtest03
Antenna check & communication test of 11b mode
Caution: To execute subtest 03-05, use another computer (with Calexico wireless LAN
card) that can communicate by the wireless LAN as a responder machine.
Access points are also required. (Access point for 802.11b and 802.11g)
Be sure to turn the wireless communication switch ON before executing wireless
LAN communication test. (The wireless communication LED lights orange.)
Release the write-protection of floppy disk for the test.
Turn on the responder machine before selecting subtest 03-05.
Setting the responder machine
Connect the responder machine to the access points (for 802.11b and 802.11g) with a cross cable
and turn on the access points.
Insert the floppy disk containing the wireless LAN test program into the FDD of the responder
machine and turn on the responder machine.
This subtest checks the connection and communication of wireless LAN antenna of
Calexico 802.11b mode.
After finishing the test, OK message will appear in the display. Press any key to
return to the test menu.
When a defective is found during the test, NG message will appear in the display.
Press any key and following message will appear in the display. Check which
antenna (Main/Aux) is defective.
*************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
Main Antenna Test : NG !!
*************************************************************
Press any key to return to the test menu.
When a defective is detected in the test, following typical cause is considered.
?
?
?
Bad connection of wireless LAN card
Bad connection of wireless LAN antenna cable (Main/Aux)
Bad environment for wireless LAN communication (Interference/
obstruction)
3-60
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.26 Wireless LAN Test Program (Intel-made b/g)
?
Defective wireless LAN card
Check the connection and condition, and execute the subtest again.
Communication test of 11g mode
Subtest04
This subtest checks the communication of wireless LAN antenna of Calexico
802.11g mode.
After finishing the test, OK message will appear in the display. Press any key to
return to the test menu.
When a defective is found during the test, NG message will appear in the display.
Press any key and following message will appear in the display.
*************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
11g Communication Test : NG !!
*
*************************************************************
Press any key to return to the test menu.
When a defective is detected in the test, following typical cause is considered.
?
?
?
Bad connection of wireless LAN card
Bad connection of wireless LAN antenna cable (Main)
Bad environment for wireless LAN communication (Interference/
obstruction)
?
Defective wireless LAN card
Check the connection and condition, and execute the subtest again.
All the tests of Calexico 11b/g Card
Subtest05
This subtest checks SKU information, MAC address, connection and
communication of wireless LAN antenna of Calexico 802.11b/g card. The test
stops at when a defective is found. For more details, refer to each subtest.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-61
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.27 Wireless LAN Test Program (Intel-made a/b/g)
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.27 Wireless LAN Test Program (Intel-made a/b/g)
This section describes how to perform the wireless LAN transmitting-receiving test (Intel-made
Calexico 802.11a/b/g). To execute the wireless LAN test, use the Diagnostics disk for wireless
LAN test. Finish the tests of the Main test program by selecting 99 - EXIT TO DIAGNOSTICS
MENU in the DIAGNOSTIC TEST MENU. Then in the DIAGNOSTICS MENU, select 9 -
EXIT TO MS-DOS.
Insert the Diagnostics disk for wireless LAN test into the Floppy Disk Drive. Turn on the power
while pressing U.
The following menu appears in the display.
***********************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Intel Calexico2 11a/g Maintenance T&D Menu
*
*
*
*
*
*
1 : SKU check of Module
2 : MAC Address Check
3 : Antenna Check & communication test of 11b mode *
*
4 : Communication test of 11a mode
5 : Communication test of 11g mode
6 : All the tests of Calexico2 11a/g Card
*
*
*
*
*
(SKU & MAC Check, 11a/b/g communication test) *
*
***********************************************************
SELECT TEST No. (1-6) :
To execute the subtest, input the subtest number and press Enter.
Subtest01
SKU check of module
This subtest displays SKU information on the wireless LAN card installed. When
selecting this subtest, following message will appear in the display. Confirm if the
right information on the wireless LAN card is described.
*************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
Module : Intel Calexico 802.11a/g (MoW)
G-code : G36C00018510
*
*
*
*
PBA No. : C67287
*************************************************************
3-62
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.27 Wireless LAN Test Program (Intel-made a/b/g)
Press any key to return to the test menu.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-63
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.27 Wireless LAN Test Program (Intel-made a/b/g)
3 Tests and Diagnostics
If a defective is found during the test, NG message will appear in the display.
Press any key and following message will appear in the display.
*************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
SKU NG !!
Other Card or Module not found
*
*
*************************************************************
Press any key to continue…
Press any key to return to the test menu.
When a defective is detected in the test, following typical cause is considered.
? Bad connection of wireless LAN card
? Using a wrong wireless LAN card (Using unspecified card)
? Defective wireless LAN card
Check the connection and execute the subtest again.
MAC Address Check
Subtest02
This subtest displays the MAC address. When selecting this subtest, following
message will appear in the display.
*********************MAC CHECK******************************
MAC = XXXXXXXXXXXX
*************************************************************
*************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
MAC Address Check : OK !!
*************************************************************
Press any key to return to the test menu.
If a defective is found during the test, following message will appear in the display.
*********************MAC CHECK******************************
ERROR: MAC all F
MAC = XXXXXXXXXXXX
*************************************************************
*************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
MAC Address Check : NG !!
*************************************************************
3-64
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.27 Wireless LAN Test Program (Intel-made a/b/g)
Press any key to return to the test menu.
When a defective is detected in the test, following typical cause is considered.
? Bad connection of wireless LAN card
? Defective wireless LAN card
? Disappearance of MAC address data
Check the connection and execute the subtest again.
Antenna check & communication test of 11b mode
Subtest03
Caution: To execute subtest 03-06, use another computer (with Calexico wireless LAN
card) that can communicate by the wireless LAN as a responder machine.
Access points are also required. (Access point for 802.11a, 802.11b and
802.11g)
Be sure to turn the wireless communication switch ON before executing wireless
LAN communication test. (The wireless communication LED lights orange.)
Release the write-protection of floppy disk for the test.
Turn on the responder machine before selecting subtest 03-05.
Setting the responder machine
Connect the responder machine to the access points (for 802.11a, 802.11b and 802.11g) with a
cross cable and turn on the access points.
Insert the floppy disk containing the wireless LAN test program into the FDD of the responder
machine and turn on the responder machine.
This subtest checks the connection and communication of wireless LAN antenna of
Calexico 802.11b mode.
After finishing the test, OK message will appear in the display. Press any key and
return to the test menu.
When a defective is found during the test, NG message will appear in the display.
Press any key and following message will appear in the display. Check which
antenna (Main/Aux) is defective.
*************************************************************
*
*
*
*
Aux Antenna Test : NG !!
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-65
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.27 Wireless LAN Test Program (Intel-made a/b/g)
3 Tests and Diagnostics
*
*
*************************************************************
Press any key to return to the test menu.
When a defective is detected in the test, following typical cause is considered.
? Bad connection of wireless LAN card
? Bad connection of wireless LAN antenna cable (Main/Aux)
? Bad environment for wireless LAN communication (Interference/
obstruction)
? Defective wireless LAN card
Check the connection and condition, and execute the subtest again.
Communication test of 11a mode
Subtest04
This subtest checks the communication of wireless LAN antenna of Calexico
802.11a mode.
After finishing the test, OK message will appear in the display. Press any key to
return to the test menu.
When a defective is found during the test, NG message will appear in the display.
Press any key and following message will appear in the display.
*************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
11a Communication Test : NG !!
*
*************************************************************
Press any key to return to the test menu.
When a defective is detected in the test, following typical cause is considered.
? Bad connection of wireless LAN card
? Bad connection of wireless LAN antenna cable (Main)
? Bad environment for wireless LAN communication (Interference/
obstruction)
? Defective wireless LAN card
3-66
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.27 Wireless LAN Test Program (Intel-made a/b/g)
Check the connection and condition, and execute the subtest again.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-67
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.27 Wireless LAN Test Program (Intel-made a/b/g)
3 Tests and Diagnostics
Subtest05
Communication test of 11g mode
This subtest checks the communication of wireless LAN antenna of Calexico
802.11g mode.
For more details on procedure and contents of this subtest, refer to Subtest04
Communication test of 11a mode.
Subtest06
All the tests of Calexico 11a/b/g Card
This subtest checks SKU information, MAC address of Calexico 802.11a/b/g card,
antenna connection and communication test of Calexico 802.11b card and
communication test of Calexico 802.11a and Calexico 802.11g. The test stops at
when a defective is found. For more details, refer to each subtest.
3-68
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.28 Wireless LAN Test Program (Askey-made)
3.28 Wireless LAN Test Program (Askey-made)
This section describes how to perform the wireless LAN transmitting-receiving test (Askey-made
Atheros b/g, a/b/g).
Caution: To execute subtest 03-07, use another computer (with Atheros wireless LAN
card) that can communicate by the wireless LAN as a responder machine to
perform those tests.
Another wireless communication tool with 2.4GHz like Bluetooth is interfering
with the test. Execute this test in the condition with no interference around the
computer.
Be sure to turn the wireless communication switch ON before executing wireless
LAN communication test. (The wireless communication LED lights orange.)
Release the write-protection of floppy disk for the test.
Setting the responder machine
To execute subtest 03-07, responder machine with wireless LAN communication function
(Atheros-made) is required. To set the responder machine, follow the procedures below.
1. Insert the test program disk to the FDD of responder machine and turn on the power.
2. The program for responder machine starts automatically.
3. The program for responder machine is set.
Setting the tester (DUT) machine
1. Insert the test program disk 1 for DUT to the FDD of tester machine and turn on the power.
2. The program disk 1 is executed and following message will appear in the display.
*************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Atheros MB4x Maintenance T&D (DUT)
Please exchange for DUT media 2
*************************************************************
Please input the “S” key and push the “Enter” key :
3. Take out the program disk 1 and insert program disk 2. Then, press S and Enter.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-69
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.28 Wireless LAN Test Program (Askey-made)
3 Tests and Diagnostics
4. When the program disk 2 starts, following menu will appear in the display. To execute the
subtest, press test number and Enter.
*******************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Atheros MB4x(MB44ag/43g) Maintenance T&D Menu *
*
1 : SKU check of Module
*
*
*
*
*
*
2 : MAC Address Check
3 : Communication test of 11a mode(MB44ag)
4 : Communication test of 11b mode(MB44ag/MB43g)
5 : Communication test of 11g mode(MB44ag/MB43g)
6 : All the tests of MB43g Module
*
*
*
*
*
(SKU & MAC Check, 11b/g communication test) *
*
7 : All the tests of MB44ag Module
*
(SKU & MAC Check, 11a/b/g communication test)*
*
********************************************************
SELECT TEST No. (1-7) :
Subtest01
SKU check of module
This subtest displays SKU information on the wireless LAN card installed. When
selecting this subtest, following message will appear in the display. Confirm if the
right information on the wireless LAN card is described.
*************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
Module : Atheros MB44ag (RoW)
G code : G36C00010310
*
*
*
*************************************************************
Press any key to return to the test menu.
When a defective is detected in the test, following typical cause is considered.
? Bad connection of wireless LAN card
? Using a wrong wireless LAN card (Using unspecified card)
? Defective wireless LAN card
Check the connection and execute the subtest again.
3-70
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.28 Wireless LAN Test Program (Askey-made)
Subtest02
MAC Address Check
This subtest reads out the MAC address of the card installed and confirms if it is
valid. When the MAC address is valid one, following message will appear in the
display.
*************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
MAC Address Check : OK !!
*************************************************************
Press any key to return to the test menu.
When a defective is detected in the test, following typical cause is considered.
? Connection of wireless LAN card
? Defective wireless LAN card
? Disappearance of MAC address data
Check the connection and execute the subtest again.
Communication test of 11a mode (MB44ag)
Subtest03
This subtest checks the connection and communication of wireless LAN antenna of
Atheros 802.11a mode. Check the number of packets, throughput and RSSI and
compare them with the standard.
After finishing the test, OK message will appear in the display. Press any key to
return to the test menu.
When a defective is found during the test, NG message will appear in the display.
Press any key and following message will appear in the display.
*************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
11a Communication Test : NG !!
Please refer to log. txt
*
*************************************************************
Press any key to return to the test menu.
When a defective is found, open the log file (log.txt) and check the result.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-71
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.28 Wireless LAN Test Program (Askey-made)
3 Tests and Diagnostics
Moreover, following typical cause is considered.
? Bad connection of wireless LAN card
? Bad connection of wireless LAN antenna cable (Main/Aux)
? Environment for wireless LAN communication (Interference/ obstruction)
? Defective wireless LAN card
Check the connection and condition, and execute the subtest again.
Communication test of 11b mode (MB44ag/MB43g)
Subtest04
Subtest05
Subtest06
This subtest checks the connection and communication of wireless LAN antenna of
Atheros 802.11b mode.
For more details on the contents, refer to subtest 03.
Communication test of 11g mode (MB44ag/MB43g)
This subtest checks the connection and communication of wireless LAN antenna of
Atheros 802.11g mode.
For more details on the contents, refer to subtest 03.
All the tests of MB43g Module
This subtest checks SKU information, MAC address, connection and
communication of wireless LAN antenna of Atheros 802.11b mode and Atheros
802.11g mode. The test stops at when a defective is found. For more details, refer
to each subtest.
Subtest07
All the tests of MB44ag Module
This subtest checks SKU information, MAC address, connection and
communication of wireless LAN antenna of Atheros 802.11a mode, Atheros
802.11b mode and Atheros 802.11g mode. The test stops at when a defective is
found. For more details, refer to each subtest.
3-72
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.29 LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 Test Program
3.29 LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 Test Program
This section describes how to perform the LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 test with the test
program.
Insert the test program disk for LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 test in FDD and turn on the
power. The following message will appear:
Microsoft Windows XX Startup Menu
----------------------------------
1. LAN
2. Modem
3. Bluetooth
4. IEEE1394
Enter a choice:
Press the number you want to test and press Enter.
NOTE: It is impossible to go back to startup menu once you choose the test. Therefore,
LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 test can not be executed successively.
3.29.1
LAN test
To execute LAN test, press 1 and Enter. The following message will appear:
####################################################################
######### i82562 ICHx Gbe (i82540) Diagnostics program
#####
####################################################################
*
*
* 1 ............ (i82562 + ICHx)
*
*
*
*
*
* 2 ............ (GbE)
*
********************************************************************
.... Press test number[1-2] ?
Press the number you want to test and press Enter.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-73
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.29 LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 Test Program
3 Tests and Diagnostics
Subtest01
(i82562 + ICHx)
This subtest checks the operation of mini-PCI I/F by the loopback test in the chip.
The following message will appear:
[LAN transmit & receive test !]
COMPLETED Repeat count =
Error count =
00000
00000
LOOPBACK TEST
100Mbps Auto-negotiation TxRx Test
Destination Address
Source Address
= xxxxxxxxxxxx
= xxxxxxxxxxxx
** 100Base-TX Full-Duplex **
< TRANSMIT >
< RECEIVE >
NOTE: The menu displayed on your computer may be slightly different from the one
shown above.
If a defective is found, NG message will appear in the display.
3-74
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.29 LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 Test Program
Subtest02
(GbE)
CAUTION: Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) test is not supported for this model.
This subtest checks the operation of mini-PCI I/F by the loopback test in the chip.
Select 2 to execute and press Enter.
The following message will appear:
Testing adaptor...hit <ESC> to abort.
*
External Loopback Test...PASSED
Testing completed.
*
*
Loopback Test Complete
*
*
* 1000Base Auto-negotiation TxRx Test
*
* CE Test Complete
NOTE: The menu displayed on your computer may be slightly different from the one
shown above.
If a defective is found, NG message will appear in the display.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-75
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.29 LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 Test Program
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.29.2
Modem test
For this subtest, connect the modem PCB and RJ11 connector with a harness. Use the dedicated
“FAT-MODE inspection device (product code: QE2000P01 made by Nitto Electric Manufacture
Co.,Ltd)” for the tests.
To execute Modem test, press 2 and Enter. Following message will appear:
[Modem loopback test !]
ICHx MDC Test Program with Modem Sound (Line Test)
Version X.X
* Scorpio Modem Initialize
* Digital Loopback Test
:OK
:OK
* RJ11 Connector Check (LED)
:(Operator’s Check!!)
NOTE: The menu displayed on your computer may be slightly different from the one
shown above.
RJ11 Connection Check (LED) (Operator’s Check LED) test will be executed, and the following
message will appear:
...Press Key (Y = OK , N =NG)
If the color of the LED of the connection checker is orange, press Y. Otherwise, press N.
3-76
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.29 LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 Test Program
3.29.3
Bluetooth test
CAUTION: Bluetooth test is not supported for this model.
To execute this test, input 3 and press Enter.
Note: Use another computer that can communicate by the Bluetooth as a reference
machine to perform this test.
Insert a floppy disk containing the test program into the target machine and turn on the target
machine. The following Bluetooth test menu will appear:
######################################################################
####
Bluetooth sub system test program VX.XX
####
######################################################################
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1....BD ADDR check
3... Communications test (DUT mode)
T....communications test (TEST mode)
**********************************************************************
....Press test number [1, 3, T] ?
Press 1 or 3 key to perform the corresponding subtest. To quit the Bluetooth test program, eject
the floppy disk and turn the computer off while the menu above is displayed.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-77
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.29 LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 Test Program
3 Tests and Diagnostics
Subtest01
BD_ADDR check
This subtest checks the BD_ADDR functions. When the Bluetooth test menu is
displayed, press 1 to select the test and press Enter. The following message will
appear:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
Bluetooth Subsystem T&D for PCSE(BD_ADDR) VerX.XX Copyright (C) by TOSHIBA
Co.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
Initializing …
When the machine has passed the test, it displays BD_ADDR. If BD_ADDR has
no problem, the following message is displayed.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
Bluetooth Subsystem T&D for PCSE(BD_ADDR) VerX.XX Copyright (C) by TOSHIBA
Co.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
My BD_ADDR = XXXXXXXXXXXX [h]
PPPPPP
A
SSSSS
SSSSS
SSSSS
SSSSS
P
P
P
A A
S
S S
S
S
P A
A S
PPPPPP A
A SSSSS
P
P
P
AAAAAAA
S
S
S
A
A
A S
A SSSSS
S S
3-78
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.29 LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 Test Program
If the target machine has any problem, it displays Error messasge. The following
message is displayed.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
Bluetooth Subsystem T&D for PCSE(BD_ADDR) VerX.XX Copyright (C) by TOSHIBA
Co.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
My BD_ADDR = XXXXXXXXXXXX [h]
FFFFFF
A
III
I
L
F
A A
L
F
A
A
I
L
FFFFFF A
A
I
L
F
F
F
AAAAAAA
I
L
A
A
A
A
I
L
III
LLLLLLL
Table 3-5 Error message
Message
Invalid BD_ADDR (all 00)
Contents
0x000000000000
Invalid BD_ADDR (all FF)
Invalid BD_ADDR (bit0=1)
Invalid BD_ADDR (bit1=1)
0xFFFFFFFFFFFF
bit40=1b
bit41=1b
Invalid BD_ADDR (define in the file)
Defined BD_ADDR
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-79
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.29 LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 Test Program
3 Tests and Diagnostics
If the machine detects a malfunction, it indicates the error code as shown below.
The error code begins with the least significant digit.
Error code
Table 3-6 Error code for Bluetooth test (BD_ADDR) (1/2)
Error code
Meaning
0x01
0x02
0x03
0x04
0x05
0x06
0x07
0x08
0x09
0x0a
0x0b
0x0c
0x0d
0x0e
0x0f
Unknown HCI Command.
No Connection.
Hardware Failure.
Page Timeout.
Authentication Failure.
Key Missing.
Memory Full.
Connection Timeout.
Max Number Of Connections.
Max Number Of SCO Connections To A Device.
ACL Connection already exists.
Command Disallowed.
Host Rejected due to limited resources.
Host Rejected due to security reasons.
Host Rejected due to remote device is only a personal device.
Host Timeout.
0x10
0x11
0x12
0x13
0x14
0x15
0x16
0x17
0x18
0x19
0x1a
0x1b
0x1c
0x1d
0x1e
0x1f
Unsupported Feature or Parameter Value.
Invalid HCI Command Parameters.
Other End Terminated Connection: Used Ended Connection.
Other End Terminated Connection: Low Resources.
Other End Terminated Connection: About to Power Off.
Connection Terminated by Local Host.
Repeated Attempts.
Paring Not Allowed.
Unknown LMP PDU.
Unsupported Remote Feature.
SCO Offset Rejected.
SCO Interval Rejected.
SCO Air Mode Rejected.
Invalid LMP Parameters.
Unspecified Error.
** See the Specification of the Bluetooth System for details.
3-80
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.29 LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 Test Program
Table 3-6 Error code for Bluetooth test (BD_ADDR) (2/2)
Error code
Meaning
0x20
0x21
0x22
0x23
0x24
0x25
0x26
0x27
0x28
0x29
0x2a
0x2b
0x2c
0x2d
0x2e
0x2f
Unsupported LMP Parameter Value.
Role Change Not Allowed.
LMP Response Timeout.
LMP Error Transaction Collision.
LMP PDU Not Allowed.
Not Exist
Not Exist
Not Exist
Not Exist
Not Exist
Not Exist
Not Exist
Not Exist
Not Exist
Not Exist
Not Exist
** See the Specification of the Bluetooth System in detail.
Communication test (DUT mode)
Subtest03
Subtest T
Communication test (TEST mode)
This subtest checks the Bluetooth communication functions. Set the responder
machine to DUT mode and tester machine to TEST mode.
Insert a floppy disk containing the test program into the responder machine and turn
on the power. The Bluetooth test menu will appear.
Press 3 to select the test and press Enter of the responder machine. The following
message will appear:
When the test begins, the machine displays BD_ADDR of the DUT. The progress
bar appears when the preparation is completed. The following message is
displayed.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-81
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.29 LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 Test Program
3 Tests and Diagnostics
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
Bluetooth Subsystem T&D for PCSE(CS-Air) VerX.XX Copyright (C) by TOSHIBA
Co.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
+----------------------+
|
DUT
|
BD_ADDR of the DUT = XXXXXXXXXXXXX [h]
+----------------------+
Ready>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>
<- Progress Bar
[ESC] : Stop
Insert a floppy disk containing the test program into the tester machine and turn on
the power. When the Bluetooth test menu is displayed on the tester machine, press
T and Enter to select the subtest. The following message will appear:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
Bluetooth Subsystem T&D for PCSE(CS-Air) VerX.XX Copyright (C) by TOSHIBA
Co.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
+------------------+
|
|
|
|
Tester
|
|
+------------------+
[ESC]:Finish Tester [SPACE]:Start
Is DUT ready?
Then press Space to start the Bluetooth communication test.
When the communication test has been completed without fail, the DUT machine
displays BD_ADDR. If the connection with the tester is completed, the progress
bar stops. The following message is shown.
3-82
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.29 LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 Test Program
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
Bluetooth Subsystem T&D for PCSE(CS-Air) VerX.XX Copyright (C) by TOSHIBA
Co.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
+----------------------+
|
DUT
|
BD_ADDR of the DUT = XXXXXXXXXXXXX [h]
+----------------------+
CCCC
CCCC
OOO
OOO
M
M PPPPPP L
EEEEEE TTTTTTT EEEEEEE DDDDD
C
C
C O
O MM
MM P
P L
P L
E
T
E
E
D
D
D
D
C
C
C
O
O
O M M M M P
E
T
T
T
T
T
D
D
D
O M M M PPPPPP L
EEEEEE
EEEEEEE D
O
O M
O M
M
M P
M P
M P
L
L
E
E
E
E
D
D
C O
LLLLLLL EEEEEE
EEEEEEE DDDDD
Testing is finished
A>_
If the DUT machine has any problem or S of the DUT machine is pressed before
connection to tester machine, the following message “INCOMPLETE” is displayed.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
Bluetooth Subsystem T&D for PCSE(CS-Air) VerX.XX Copyright (C) by TOSHIBA
Co.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
+----------------------+
|
DUT
|
BD_ADDR of the DUT = XXXXXXXXXXXXX [h]
+----------------------+
III N
N
CCCC
CCCC
OOO
OOO
M
M PPPPPP L
EEEEEE TTTTTTT EEEEEEE
I
NN
N N
N C
C O
O MM
MM P
P L
P L
E
T
E
I
I
I
I
N C
O
O
O M M M M P
E
T
T
T
T
T
E
N N N C
O M M M PPPPPP L
EEEEEE
EEEEEEE
N
N
N N C
NN C
N
O
O M
O M
M
M P
M P
M P
L
L
E
E
E
C O
E
III N
LLLLLLL EEEEEE
EEEEEEE
Testing is finished
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-83
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.29 LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 Test Program
3 Tests and Diagnostics
A>
If any problem is detected during the test, the massage FAIL is displayed on the
tester machine with the error code as shown below.
The error code begins with the least significant digit.
Error code
Table 3-7 Error code for Bluetooth test (BD_ADDR of the DUT) (1/2)
Error code
Meaning
0x01
0x02
0x03
0x04
0x05
0x06
0x07
0x08
0x09
0x0a
0x0b
0x0c
0x0d
0x0e
0x0f
Unknown HCI Command.
No Connection.
Hardware Failure.
Page Timeout.
Authentication Failure.
Key Missing.
Memory Full.
Connection Timeout.
Max Number Of Connections.
Max Number Of SCO Connections To A Device.
ACL Connection already exists.
Command Disallowed.
Host Rejected due to limited resources.
Host Rejected due to security reasons.
Host Rejected due to remote device is only a personal device.
Host Timeout.
0x10
0x11
0x12
0x13
0x14
0x15
0x16
0x17
0x18
0x19
0x1a
0x1b
0x1c
0x1d
0x1e
0x1f
Unsupported Feature or Parameter Value.
Invalid HCI Command Parameters.
Other End Terminated Connection: Used Ended Connection.
Other End Terminated Connection: Low Resources.
Other End Terminated Connection: About to Power Off.
Connection Terminated by Local Host.
Repeated Attempts.
Paring Not Allowed.
Unknown LMP PDU.
Unsupported Remote Feature.
SCO Offset Rejected.
SCO Interval Rejected.
SCO Air Mode Rejected.
Invalid LMP Parameters.
Unspecified Error.
** See the Specification of the Bluetooth System in detail.
3-84
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.29 LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 Test Program
Table 3-7 Error code for Bluetooth test (BD_ADDR of the DUT) (2/2)
Error code
Meaning
0x20
0x21
0x22
0x23
0x24
0x25
0x26
0x27
0x28
0x29
0x2a
0x2b
0x2c
0x2d
0x2e
0x2f
Unsupported LMP Parameter Value.
Role Change Not Allowed.
LMP Response Timeout.
LMP Error Transaction Collision.
LMP PDU Not Allowed.
Not Exist
Not Exist
Not Exist
Not Exist
Not Exist
Not Exist
Not Exist
Not Exist
Not Exist
Not Exist
Not Exist
** See the Specification of the Bluetooth System in detail.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-85
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.29 LAN/Modem/Bluetooth/IEEE1394 Test Program
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.29.4
IEEE1394 test
To execute this test, input 4 and press Enter.
NOTE:
Use another computer that can communicate by IEEE1394 (i. Link) cable as a
responder machine to perform this test.
The following menu will appear:
********************************************************************
********
IEEE1394[XXXXX] Diagnostics program
**************
********************************************************************
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1 ....(Transmit & Receive test)
2 ....(Responder set)
3 ....(1394 GUID Display)
********************************************************************
.... Press test number[1-3] ?
To execute the TEST, select the test number you want to execute and press Enter.
Subtest01
Transmit & Receive test
NOTE:
Before executing subtest 01, be sure to execute subtest 02 in the responder
machine.
This program checks the data transporting between responder machine and tester
machine and compare them with the original data through the IEEE1394 cable.
Subtest02
Subtest03
Responder set
This program is executed in the responder machine to initialize the responder
machine with the IEEE1394 cable connected to the tester machine before executing
subtest 01.
IEEE1394 GUID Display
This program checks the GUID of IEEE1394.
3-86
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.30 Sound Test program
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3
Tests and Diagnostics
3.30 Sound Test program
This section describes how to perform the Sound test. To execute the sound test, refer to the
following description.
Insert the test program disk for Sound test in the floppy disk drive and turn on the power. The
following message will appear:
################################################################
######
WSS, Sound blaster pro Diagnostics program ######
################################################################
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1 ............ Sound (Standard)
2 ............ Sound (Legacy)
3 ............ CD Sound (Standard)
4 ............ CD Sound (Legacy)
---It outputs at the speaker and lineout---
****************************************************************
.... Press test number[1-4] ?
Input the test number and press Enter.
3.30.1 Sound (Standard) test
To execute the Sound (Standard) test, press 1 and Enter. The following menu will appear in the
display.
################################################################
######
ICH4-M + AD1981A Diagnostics program
######
################################################################
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1 ............
2 ............
3 ............
( Microphone recording & play )
( Sine wave )
( Line IN recording & play )
9 ............
Exit to Main
****************************************************************
.... Press test number[1-3, 9] ?
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-85
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.30 Sound Test program
3 Tests and Diagnostics
To return to the Sound test menu, Press 9 and Enter. Then following message will appear in the
display.
***********************************
******** May I Restart ? *******
***********************************
Press any key to continue…
After pressing any key, the machine starts rebooting and sound test menu will appear in the display.
Subtest01
Microphone recording & play
This subtest checks the function of the CODEC A/D, D/A converter.
When this subtest is selected, the following message will appear.
[Recording & play test !]
And the following message will appear.
DOS/4GW Protected Mode Run-time Version X.XX
Copyright (c) Tenberry Software, Inc. XXXX
After this message appears, display stops briefly. In this timing, sound is recorded
from internal microphone.
After the recording is completed, the computer plays back the sound recorded after
the following message.
STACWAVE Version X.XX
Build data: XXX XX XXXX at XX:XX:XX
Loading “mic.wav”.
NOTE:
The message in the display might have slight difference from those above.
The display returns to the Sound (Standard) test menu after the test ends.
3-86
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.30 Sound Test program
Subtest02
Sine Wave
This subtest is executed by loading the COM file (ADSIN.COM). The program
expands sine wave data table from 16KB to 64KB, and creates the play data. Then
it transfers the data between the DMA and the CODEC to play the sine wave. (It
sounds like a continuous beep). By using wave measurable devices such as an
oscilloscope, the data can be measured as a sine wave.
When the subtest is executed, the sine wave is played while expanding sine wave
from 16KB to 64KB.
The display returns to the Sound (Standard) test menu after the test ends.
Line IN recording & play
Subtest03
This subtest executes the same test as the subtest01 by recorded sound from the
different port (Line-in port).
For more details on the subtest, refer to the subtest01 Microphone recording &
play.
The display returns to the Sound (Standard) test menu after the test ends.
3.30.2 Sound (Legacy) test
To execute the Sound (Legacy) test, select 2 and press Enter.
CAUTION: Sound (Legacy) test is not supported in this model.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-87
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.30 Sound Test program
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.30.3 CD Sound (Standard) test
To execute the CD Sound (Standard) test, press 3 and Enter. Insert the test media (TOSHIBA
TEST CD-ROM or ABEX TEST CD-ROM) or music CD on the market (if the test media can not
be prepared). The menu appears in the display.
For details on use of test media, refer to (1) Test media (Toshiba-made test media).
For details on use of audio CD on the market, refer to (2) Audio CD.
(1) Test media (Toshiba-made test media)
xxxxxxx DIAGNOSTIC TEST VX.XX
[Ctrl]+[Break] ; test end
CD/DVD TEST IN PROGRESS XXXXXXXX
[Ctrl]+[C]
; key stop
SUB-TEST : XX
PASS COUNT : XXXXX
ERROR COUNT: XXXXX
READ DATA : XX
: XXXXXX STATUS : XXX
WRITE DATA : XX
ADDRESS
01 – Japanese Narration
02 – English Narration
03 – Test Tone A (100Hz – 20Hz)
04 - Test Tone B (400Hz – 3KHz L-R)
Drive # = 0, ATAPI status =00
Command = XX
[[Block address = XXXXXXXX]]
[[Block length = XXXXXXXX]]
Final : Block address = XXXXXXXXX
Subtest01
Japanese Narration
When selecting this subtest, narration in Japanese starts and following message
appears in the display.
Play start CD sound !
Press any key <Play stop>.
3-88
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.30 Sound Test program
Press any key to stop the narration. Then the test returns to the CD Sound
(Standard) test menu.
Subtest02
Subtest03
English Narration
When selecting this subtest, narration in English starts.
For more details on the procedure, refer to the subtest01.
Test Tone A
Caution: Before starting subtest03, be sure to set the sound at proper volume.
This subtest plays sine wave while changing its table from 100Hz to 20Hz.
The test returns to the CD Sound (Standard) menu after the test ends.
Subtest 04
Test Tone B
This subtest plays sine wave while changing its table from 400Hz to 3KHz and also
changing the channel from left speaker to right speaker.
The test returns to the CD Sound (Standard) menu after the test ends.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-89
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.30 Sound Test program
3 Tests and Diagnostics
(2) Audio CD
Insert an audio CD and the following menu appears in the display.
xxxxxxx DIAGNOSTIC TEST VX.XX
[Ctrl]+[Break] ; test end
CD/DVD TEST IN PROGRESS XXXXXXXX
[Ctrl]+[C]
; key stop
SUB-TEST : XX
PASS COUNT : XXXXX
ERROR COUNT: XXXXX
READ DATA : XX
: XXXXXX STATUS : XXX
WRITE DATA : XX
ADDRESS
CD Sound track number (01-98 : Track) ?
Drive # = 0, ATAPI status =00
Command = XX
[[Block address = XXXXXXXX]]
[[Block length = XXXXXXXX]]
Final : Block address =
XXXXXXXXX
Select the track number you want to test and press Enter twice.
The following message appears in the display and selected track is played.
Play start CD sound !
Press any key <play stop>
After pressing any key, the music stops and the display returns to the selection menu of the track
number.
NOTE:
When the CD-ROM test is executed, [All Devices] must be selected in the
“Device Config.=” of the BIOS SETUP. If the “All Devices” is not selected,
music can not be played.
3.30.4 CD Sound (Legacy) test
To execute the CD Sound (Legacy) test, select 4 and press Enter.
3-90
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.31 SETUP
CAUTION: Sound (Legacy) test is not supported in this model.
3.31 SETUP
3.31.1 Function Description
This program displays the current system setup information as listed below:
1. Memory
2. System Date/Time
3. Battery
4. Password
5. Boot Priority
(a) Boot Priority
(b) Network Boot Protocol
6. Display
(a) Power On Display
(b) LCD Display Stretch
(c) TV Type
7. Others
(a) CPU Cache
(b) Level 2 Cache
(c) Dynamic CPU Frequency Mode
(d) Auto Power On
(e) Start Up Logo
(f) Sound Logo
(g) Power Button Lamp
(h) Language During Bootup
8. Configuration
9. Drives I/O
(a) Built-in HDD
(b) CD-ROM
10. PCI Bus
11. Peripheral
(a) Internal Pointing Device
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-91
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.31 SETUP
3 Tests and Diagnostics
(b) Hard Disk Mode
12. LEGACY EMULATION
(a) USB KB/Mouse Legacy Emulation
(b) USB-FDD Legacy Emulation
13. PCI LAN
3-92
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.31 SETUP
3.31.2 Accessing the SETUP Program
While pressing ESC, turn on the power. Then press F1. The following display appears.
NOTE: *1 This message appears only on the model for TCL (Canada).
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-93
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.31 SETUP
3 Tests and Diagnostics
Moving Within the SETUP Menu and Changing Values
1. Press ? and ? to move between the two columns. Press ? and ? to move between items
in a column. Press Fn+? ??PgUp) and Fn + ? ??PgDn) to move between the two pages.
2. Press either the Space bar or Back Space to change the value.
Accepting Changes and Exiting the SETUP Window
1. Press End to accept the changes you made.
If the changed item does not require the system to reboot, the following message is
displayed:
Are you sure? (Y/N)
If the changed item requires the system to reboot, the following message is displayed:
Are you sure? (Y/N)
The changes you made will cause the system to reboot.
2. To make other changes, press N. Repeat the steps above.
3. To accept the changes, press Y.
NOTE: You can press Esc to quit at any time without saving changes. SETUP asks you
to confirm that you do not want to save your changes. When SETUP is displayed
at the next time, the current configuration appears.
The Factory Preset Configuration
When you access SETUP, the current configuration is displayed.
1. To show the factory preset configuration, press Home.
2. To accept the default settings, press End and then press Y.
NOTE: When you execute the default setting, the following settings are not changed:
(1) HDD Mode
(2) Password
(3) Write Policy
3-94
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.31 SETUP
SETUP Options
The SETUP screen is divided into 13 functionally related groups. This section describes each group
and its options.
1. Memory
This group of options displays the computer’s memory.
This field displays the total amount of memory installed and is automatically calculated by
the computer. You cannot change this value.
2. System Date/Time
You can set the date and time. To set the date and time, press Space bar or Back
Space. To switch System Date and System Time, press ? or ? ?
System Date
System Time
Sets date.
Sets time.
3. Battery
This option is used to select Full Power, Low Poweror User Setting of the battery save
mode. When you select the battery save mode, the followings will appear.
Full Power
The following shows full power settings.
Low Power
The following shows low power settings.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-95
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.31 SETUP
3 Tests and Diagnostics
NOTE: Display of the LCD Brightness will be changed in the condition below:
(*1) Operating the battery
(*2) Using the AC adapter
User Setting
Use this option to set the battery save parameters on
the sub-window, BATTERY SAVE OPTIONS.
Battery Save Options
Processing Speed
This feature changes the CPU processing speed.
High
Low
CPU operates at 1.50/1.60/1.70/1.80/2.00/2.10GHz
(Default in Full Power Mode)
CPU operates at half processing speed.
(Default in Low Power Mode)
CPU Sleep Mode
Use this option to enable or disable the CPU sleep function. When the CPU sleep
function is enabled, the machine saves power consumption while waiting the next
processing.
Enabled
Disabled
Enables sleep mode. (Default)
Disables sleep mode.
Display Auto Off
Use this option to disable or set the duration of the display automatic power off
function. This function causes the computer to turn the LCD panel’s illumination off
if you make no entry (including no operation of a mouse or touch pad) for the set
period of time.
Disabled
xx Min.
Disables display automatic power off.
Automatically turns off the power to the LCD panel’s
illumination if the panel is not used for the duration set.
The duration xx can be set to 1, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20 or 30
minutes.
3-96
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.31 SETUP
HDD Auto Off
Use this option to set the duration of the HDD automatic power off function.
xx Min.
Automatically turns off the power to the hard disk drive
if it is not used for the duration set. The duration xx
can be set to 1, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20 or 30 minutes.
LCD Brightness
Use this option to set the level of LCD brightness.
Super-Bright
Bright
Full brightness for maximum visibility.
Full brightness for high visibility.
Semi-Bright
Less than full brightness for saving power.
CPU Cooling Method
Maximum Performance
If the CPU becomes too hot, the fan turns on
automatically in a high speed to cool down the
CPU.
Performance
If the CPU becomes too hot, the fan turns on
automatically. When the CPU temperature falls to
a normal range, the fan turns off.
Battery optimized
If the CPU becomes too hot, the processing speed is
lowered. If the temperature is still too high, the fan
turns on. When the CPU temperature falls to a
normal range, the fan is turned off and the
processing speed is increased.
NOTE: Too hot condition may cause defect on the CPU. When the hot condition
continues, the power is automatically turned off in hibernation mode.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-97
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.31 SETUP
3 Tests and Diagnostics
4. Password
This option sets or resets the user password for power on and instant security (Fn+F1).
Registered
The user password has been registered.
The user password has not been registered.
Not registered
For details on setting the user password, refer to the User’s Manual.
5. Boot Priority
(a) Boot Priority
Use this option to set the priority for booting of the computer and the priority for the
HDD for booting.
FDD? HDD? CD-ROM? LAN: The computer looks for bootable files in the
following order: FDD, HDD, CD-ROM
(*1) and LAN
HDD? CD-ROM? LAN? FDD: The computer looks for bootable files in the
following order: HDD, CD-ROM, LAN
and FDD.
FDD? CD-ROM? LAN? HDD: The computer looks for bootable files in the
following order: FDD, CD-ROM, LAN
and HDD.
CD-ROM? LAN? HDD? FDD: The computer looks for bootable files in the
following order: CD-ROM, LAN, HDD
and FDD.
CD-ROM? LAN? FDD? HDD: The computer looks for bootable files in the
following order: CD-ROM, LAN, FDD
and HDD.
HDD? FDD? CD-ROM? LAN: The computer looks for bootable files in the
following order: HDD, FDD, CD-ROM
and LAN. (Default)
(*1) CD-ROM refers to an Optical Disk Drive.
(b) Network Boot Protocol
Use this option to set the starting method via a network.
PXE Sets to PXE protocol. (Default)
RPL Sets to RPL protocol.
6. Display
This group of options configures the computer’s display.
3-98
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.31 SETUP
(a) Power On Display
This option is used to select the display when booting up.
Auto-Selected
Selects an external monitor if one is connected. Otherwise it
selects the internal LCD. (Default)
LCD+AnalogRGB Selects both the internal LCD and the external monitor for
simultaneous display.
NOTE: When starting the computer in Standby or hibernation mode, the last
configuration is remembered. If data does not appear on the display you are using
after starting in Standby or hibernation mode, pressing Fn+F5.
Pressing Fn+F5 changes the display setting as follows in order: the internal
LCD, the external monitor, both the internal LCD and the external monitor and
TV display.
You cannot select TV display in HW Setup. To display on a TV screen, use
Fn+F5.
When an external monitor, which does not support SVGA mode is connected and
“LCD+AnalogRGB” is selected, the external display is not displayed.
(b) LCD Display Stretch
When LCD Display Stretch is enabled, it is possible to stretch the picture in small
resolution mode.
Enabled
Disabled
Enables the LCD display stretch feature. (Default)
Disables the LCD display stretch feature.
(c) TV Type
This option allows you to select the type of TV.
NTSC (Japan)
TV in Japanese system
NTSC (US)
TV in the U.S. system
PAL (S-Video)
525p (480p,D2)
750p (720p,D4)
1125i (1080i,D3)
525i (480i,D1)
PAL (SCART)
TV in Europe and China system
High Definition Television with 480 progressive scan
High Definition Television with 720 progressive scan
High Definition Television with 1080 interlace
High Definition Television with 480 interlace
TV in Europe system
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-99
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.31 SETUP
3 Tests and Diagnostics
7. Others
Whether or not you need to configure the computer with these options depends primarily on
the kind of software or peripherals you use.
(a) CPU Cache
Use this option to enable or disable the CPU cache.
Enabled
Disabled
Enables the CPU cache. (Default)
Disables the CPU cache.
(b) Level 2 Cache
Use this option to enable or disable the level 2 cache. When "CPU Cache" is set to
"Disabled", this option is not displayed.
Enabled
Disabled
Enables the level 2 cache. (Default)
Disables the level 2 cache.
(c) Dynamic CPU Frequency mode
Use this option to choose a setting from the followings.
Dynamically Switchable
Enables Pentium-M processor featuring Intel SpeedStep
technology. (Default)
Always High
Always Low
Disables Pentium-M processor featuring Intel SpeedStep
technology and always runs the processor at its maximum
speed.
Disables Pentium-M processor featuring Intel SpeedStep
technology and always runs the processor at its default
speed.
(d) Auto Power On
This option displays setting for Auto Power On.
Disabled
Enabled
Indicates auto power on is not set.
Indicates auto power on is set.
When “Enabled” is selected, the following sub-window appears.
OPTIONS
Alarm Time
Alarm Date Option
= 00:00:00
= Disabled
3-100
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.31 SETUP
Set the parameters for the Auto Power On (automatic power on) function in the
“OPTIONS” window. To set the time, use Space bar or BackSpace. Press ?
to move the cursor to the right and ? to move the cursor to the left when you set the
date and time.
For the Alarm Time, set the time to turn on the power automatically. The “second”
cannot be set. When it is set to “Disabled”, the time to turn on automatically is not
set.
For the Alarm Date Option, set the date to turn on the power automatically.
When it is set to “Disabled”, the time to turn on automatically is not set.
NOTE: 1. Do not remove the AC adaptor and battery pack at the same time when you
use this feature. If you do so, data saved by the resume function will be lost.
You must also reset this option.
2. If you have set a password and the computer boots by the Auto Power On
function and hibernation is on, the computer will start with the instant
security function enabled. When the password = message is displayed, enter
the password to use the computer.
3. This option is enabled only once, the setting is reset, after booting up.
(e) Start Up Logo
This option enables or disables an animation logo function.
Animation
Picture
Enables the animation logo function. (Default)
Disables the animation logo function
(f) Sound Logo
This option enables or disables sound logo function. When the sound logo function
is enabled, the sound is output at startup of the computer.
Enabled
Disabled
Enables the sound logo function. (Default)
Disables the sound logo function
(g) Power Button Lamp
This option sets the power button lamp.
Off Always off.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-101
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.31 SETUP
3 Tests and Diagnostics
Mode 1
Mode 2
Sets to Mode1. (Default)
Glows blue (Power ON) / Glows yellow (Standby) / Glows
orange (Power OFF/Hibernation)
Sets to Mode 2.
Glows blue (Power ON) / Alternately flashes green and orange
(Standby) / Alternately flashes green and blue (Power
OFF/Hibernation)
Mode 3
Sets to Mode 3.
Flashes in order of green, orange and blue (Power ON) /
Glows yellow (Standby) / Glows orange (Power OFF
/Hibernation)
(h) Language During Bootup
This option selects the language during bootup. This message appears only on the
model for TCL (Canada).
English
French
The message is displayed in English. (Default)
The message is displayed in French.
8. Configuration
This option lets you set the device configuration.
All Devices
Setup by OS
BIOS sets all devices.
Initializes devices, which is needed to load an operating
system. Operating system initializes other devices.
NOTE: When using installed OS, selecting “Set by OS” is recommended. But when
executing test programs, select “ALL Devices”.
9. Drives I/O
This option displays the address and interrupt level for hard disk drive and optical disk
drive. It is for information only and cannot be changed.
Built-in HDD
CD-ROM
This cannot be changed.
This cannot be changed. This is not displayed when a drive
is not built-in.
10. PCI Bus
3-102
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.31 SETUP
This option displays the interrupt level for the Card Bus in the computer. It is for information
only and cannot be changed.
PCI BUS = IRQ10, IRQ11
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-103
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.31 SETUP
3 Tests and Diagnostics
11. Peripheral
Use this option to select the peripheral's mode.
(a) Internal Pointing Device
This option enables or disables the touch pad
Enabled
Enables the touch pad. (Default)
Disables the touch pad.
Disabled
(b) Hard Disk Mode
Use this option to select the hard disk mode.
Enhanced IDE (normal)
Select this mode when the HDD is used for MS-DOS? ,
Windows 95/98/2000/XP, or OS/2? . (Default)
Standard IDE Select this mode when using an OS which does not support the
Enhanced IDE. When this mode is selected, up to 528MB is
logically available and the rest of the capacity is not usable.
NOTE: Formats for Enhanced IDE and Standard IDE are different, so if you change the
setting, you will have to reformat the hard disk for the appropriate setting.
12. LEGACY EMULATION
(a) USB KB/Mouse Legacy Emulation
This option sets the Legacy support condition of the USB keyboard and the USB
mouse.
Enabled
Enables LEGACY support. (Default)
USB keyboard/USB mouse are available without the driver.
Disabled
Disables LEGACY support
(b) USB-FDD Legacy Emulation
This option sets the Legacy support condition of the USB floppy disk drive.
When a computer is FDD built-in model, this option is not displayed.
Enabled
Enables LEGACY support. (Default)
USB floppy disk is available without the driver.
Disabled
Disables LEGACY support
3-104
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3.31 SETUP
13. PCI LAN
This option sets the Enable / Disable of the built-in LAN functions.
Enabled
Disabled
Enables built-in LAN functions. (Default)
Disables built-in LAN functions.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
3-105
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3.31 SETUP
3 Tests and Diagnostics
3-106
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Chapter 4
Replacement Procedures
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4
4-ii
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
Chapter 4
Contents
4.1
Overview....................................................................................................................4-1
Safety Precautions................................................................................................4-2
Before You Begin ................................................................................................4-3
Disassembly Procedure........................................................................................4-4
Assembly Procedure ............................................................................................4-5
Tools and Equipment ...........................................................................................4-5
Screw Tightening Torque.....................................................................................4-6
Grip Color............................................................................................................4-6
Screw Notation.....................................................................................................4-7
Battery pack/PC card/Bridge Media ..........................................................................4-8
4.2.1 Battery pack.............................................................................................4-8
4.2.2 PC card..................................................................................................4-10
4.2.3 Bridge media .........................................................................................4-11
HDD.........................................................................................................................4-12
Memory module .......................................................................................................4-15
Keyboard/Bluetooth.................................................................................................4-17
4.5.1 Keyboard ...............................................................................................4-17
4.5.2 Bluetooth...............................................................................................4-21
Switch membrane.....................................................................................................4-22
Optical drive.............................................................................................................4-24
Display assembly .....................................................................................................4-26
SD board/MDC ........................................................................................................4-32
4.9.1 SD board................................................................................................4-32
4.9.2 MDC......................................................................................................4-34
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10 Fan............................................................................................................................4-35
4.11 Wireless LAN board ................................................................................................4-36
4.12 System board............................................................................................................4-37
4.13 RTC battery..............................................................................................................4-40
4.14 TV tuner module/Guide ...........................................................................................4-41
4.14.1 TV tuner module ...................................................................................4-41
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-iii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.14.2 Guide .....................................................................................................4-42
4.15 Heat sink/CPU..........................................................................................................4-44
4.16 VGA Heat sink.........................................................................................................4-47
4.17 PC card cover...........................................................................................................4-48
4.18 Speaker/VGA fan.....................................................................................................4-49
4.19 Battery latch.............................................................................................................4-51
4.20 Touch pad.................................................................................................................4-53
4.21 SJ board....................................................................................................................4-55
4.22 Microphone ..............................................................................................................4-57
4.23 LCD unit/FL inverter ...............................................................................................4-58
4.24 Wireless antennas/ LCD harness..............................................................................4-63
4.24.1 Wireless antennas..................................................................................4-63
4.24.2 LCD harness..........................................................................................4-65
4.25 Hinge ........................................................................................................................4-67
4.26 Fluorescent lamp......................................................................................................4-70
4.26 1 Replacing the 15.4-inch (W-XGA) Samsung fluorescent lamp............4-71
4-iv
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
Figures
Figure 4-1 Removing the battery pack.................................................................................4-8
Figure 4-2 Removing the PC card .....................................................................................4-10
Figure 4-3 Removing the bridge media .............................................................................4-11
Figure 4-4 Removing the HDD assembly..........................................................................4-12
Figure 4-5 Removing the HDD..........................................................................................4-13
Figure 4-6 Removing the memory module........................................................................4-15
Figure 4-7 Removing the speaker cover assembly ............................................................4-17
Figure 4-8 Removing the keyboard ...................................................................................4-18
Figure 4-9 Removing the keyboard support plate..............................................................4-19
Figure 4-10 Removing the bluetooth module ......................................................................4-21
Figure 4-11 Removing the switch membrane ......................................................................4-22
Figure 4-12 Removing the opticaldrive assembly ..............................................................4-24
Figure 4-13 Disassembling the side bracket........................................................................4-25
Figure 4-14 Removing the screws (back) ............................................................................4-26
Figure 4-15 Removing the screws (front)............................................................................4-27
Figure 4-16 Removing the cables ........................................................................................4-28
Figure 4-17 Removing the display assembly.......................................................................4-29
Figure 4-18 Removing the wireless LAN antenna cables ...................................................4-30
Figure 4-19 Removing the SD board ...................................................................................4-33
Figure 4-20 Removing the MDC .........................................................................................4-34
Figure 4-21 Removing the fan.............................................................................................4-35
Figure 4-22 Removing the wireless LAN board..................................................................4-36
Figure 4-23 Removing the VGA fan cable ..........................................................................4-37
Figure 4-24 Removing the system board .............................................................................4-38
Figure 4-25 Removing the RTC battery..............................................................................4-40
Figure 4-26 Removing the TV tuner module.......................................................................4-41
Figure 4-27 Removing the guide .........................................................................................4-43
Figure 4-28 Removing the heat sink....................................................................................4-44
Figure 4-29 Removing the CPU..........................................................................................4-45
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
Figure 4-30 Applying silicon grease....................................................................................4-46
Figure 4-31 Removing the VGA heat sink ..........................................................................4-47
Figure 4-32 Removing the PC card cover............................................................................4-48
Figure 4-33 Removing the speakers ....................................................................................4-49
Figure 4-34 Removing the battery latch assembly ..............................................................4-51
Figure 4-35 Removing the battery latch..............................................................................4-51
Figure 4-36 Removing the touch pad...................................................................................4-53
Figure 4-37 Removing the SJ board ....................................................................................4-55
Figure 4-38 Removing the microphone ...............................................................................4-57
Figure 4-39 Removing the display mask .............................................................................4-58
Figure 4-40 Removing the FL inverter ................................................................................4-59
Figure 4-41 Removing the LCD unit ...................................................................................4-60
Figure 4-42 Removing the LCD supports............................................................................4-61
Figure 4-43 Removing the bluetooth antenna cables...........................................................4-63
Figure 4-44 Removing the wireless antennas ......................................................................4-64
Figure 4-45 Removing the LCD harness holder (display cover side) .................................4-65
Figure 4-46 Removing the LCD harness holder (middle frame side) .................................4-66
Figure 4-47 Removing the display cover.............................................................................4-67
Figure 4-48 Removing the hinge (display cover side).........................................................4-68
Figure 4-49 Removing the hinge (middle frame side).........................................................4-68
Figure 4-50 to 4-54 Replacing Samsung fluorescent lamp (W-XGA) ....................4-71 to 4-74
4-vi
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.1 Overview
4
4.1 Overview
This chapter describes the procedure for removing and replacing the field replaceable units
(FRUs) in the PC. It may not be necessary to remove all the FRUs in order to replace one.
The chart below provides a guide as to which other FRUs must be removed before a
particular FRU can be removed. The numbers in the chart indicate the relevant section
numbers in this manual.
In all cases when removing an FRU, the battery pack must also be removed. When repairing
an FRU that is the potential cause of a computer fault, use the chart to determine the order in
which FRUs need to be removed.
The tilt stand can be removed without any other FRUs removed.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.1 Overview
4 Replacement Procedures
Safety Precautions
Please read the following safety instructions before disassembling the computer and always
follow the instructions while working on the computer.
DANGER: 1. In the case of the battery, always use authentic parts or equivalent parts
approved by Toshiba. Other batteries may have different specifications
that are incompatible with the computer and may result in fire or
explosion.
Due to the risk of alkali fluid leaks, never attempt to heat or disassemble
the battery. Similarly, due to the risk of explosion, never expose the
battery to flame.
2. Some parts including the power supply and FL inverter generate high
voltages. If you need to turn on the power while disassembling the
computer, do not touch any connectors or other components due to the
risk of electric shock. Also, do not disassemble individual parts when
performing routine maintenance.
WARNING: 1. To prevent electric shock, turn off the power unplug the AC adapter from
the power source.
2. As the battery installed to the computer is typically already charged, the
risk of electric shock remains even when the AC adapter is unplugged
from the socket. To prevent electric shock, always take off any metal
jewelry or accessories such as necklaces, bracelets or rings before
working on the computer. Never work with wet or moist hands.
3. Take care not to injury yourself on any edges or corners.
CAUTION: 1. Confirm that replacement parts have compatible specifications before
replacing on the computer. Never use incorrect parts as these may cause
faults on the computer.
2. To prevent internal damage such as short circuits or burning, do not
allow any screws, paper clips, or other metal objects to fall into the
computer. When removing screws, always replace with the same size
screw. Ensure that all screws are fully tightened. Loose screws may
result in short circuits leading to overheating, smoke or flame.
3. To prevent electric shock, check that you have disconnected all cables
from a part before removing the part.
4. When connecting to the AC power supply, use only an AC adapter and
cable approved by Toshiba.
5. To prevent electric shock, ensure that all replacement parts are
compatible with the computer and that all cables and connectors are
securely connected.
4-2
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.1 Overview
Before You Begin
Take note of the following points before starting work. Always remove the AC adapter and
battery pack before commencing any of the procedures. The procedure for removing the
battery pack is described in section “4.2.1 Battery Pack”.
1. Do not disassemble the computer unless it is operating abnormally.
2. Use the designated tools.
3. Ensure that the environment for working on and storing parts does not contain any of
the following.
?
?
?
Dust or dirt
Static electricity
Extremely hot, cold or humid conditions
4. Perform the diagnostic tests described in Chapter 2 to determine which FRU is the
cause of the fault.
5. Do not perform any unnecessary work. Always work in accordance with the
disassembly and reassembly procedures in this manual.
6. Keep parts removed from the computer in a safe place away from the computer where
they will not be damaged or interfere with your work.
7. Disassembling requires the removal of a large number of screws. Keep removed
screws in a safe place such that you can determine which screws belong to which part.
8. When reassembling, ensure that you use the correct screws and fit parts in the correct
position. Screw sizes are noted in the text and figures.
9. As all parts have sharp edges and corners, take care not to cut yourself.
10. After replacing an FRU, check that the computer and replaced part operate correctly.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.1 Overview
4 Replacement Procedures
Disassembly Procedure
Three main types of cable connector are used.
?
?
?
Pressure plate connector
Spring connector
Normal pin connector
When disconnecting a pressure plate connector, lift up the tag on one side of the plastic
pressure plate on the connector and pull the cable out from the connector. When reconnecting
a cable to a pressure plate connector, lift up the pressure plate to a suitable height and insert
the cable into the connector. Press down on both sides of the pressure plate such that both
sides of the plate and connector are at the same height and that the cable is fixed in the
correct position. Pull the cable to ensure that it is securely connected. If the cable is
disconnected from the connector, reconnect it making sure that you lift the pressure plate
high enough to insert fully the cable.
For spring connectors, lifting up the stopper frees the cable and allows it to be pulled out. To
reconnect, hold the stopper in the up position and insert the cable, then lower the stopper to
secure the cable.
Normal pin connectors are used for all other cables. Simply pull out or push in these
connectors to disconnect or reconnect.
Pressure plate connector
Spring connector
4-4
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.1 Overview
Assembly Procedure
After the computer has been disassembled and the part that caused the fault has been repaired
or replaced, the computer must be reassembled.
Take note of the following general points when assembling the computer.
?
Take your time and follow the instructions carefully. Hurrying the assembly work
will only introduce new problems.
?
?
Check that all cables and connectors are securely connected.
Before fastening FRUs or other parts in place, ensure that no cables are caught on
screws or the FRU.
?
?
Check that all latches are securely closed.
Ensure that you have installed all FRUs correctly and do not have any screws left
over. Using an incorrect screw may damage the thread or screw head and result in
the FRU not being securely fastened in place.
After installing FRUs, check that the computer operates correctly.
Tools and Equipment
For your safety and the safety of the people around you, it is important that you use
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) equipment. Correctly utilizing of the equipment increases the
percentage of successful repairs and saves on the cost of damaged or destroyed parts. The
following equipment is required for disassembly and assembly.
?
?
?
?
?
?
?
One Philips screwdriver with type 0 bit (for THIN HEAD screws)
One Philips screwdriver with type 1 bit (for screws other than above)
Tweezers (for lifting screws)
Wireless LAN cable remover
ESD mats (lay on work table or floor)
An ESD wrist strap and heel grounder
Anti-static carpet or flooring
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.1 Overview
4 Replacement Procedures
Screw Tightening Torque
Use the following torque when tightening screws.
CAUTION: Overtightening may damage screws or parts. Undertightening may allow
screws to loosen (and possibly fall out) causing a short circuit or other
damage.
NOTE: To tighten screws quickly and accurately, an electric screwdriver is
recommended.
?
?
?
M2 (2mm)
0.167 N· m (1.7 kgf· cm)
0.294 N· m(3.0 kgf· cm)
0.549 N?m (5.6 kgf?cm)
M2.5 (2.5mm)
M3.0 (3mm)
NOTE: To prevent damage to THIN HEAD screws, press along the axis of the
screwdriver while turning the screw. This is because the contact area between
the screw and driver is less than for a pan head screw (standard pan-shaped
screw head).
Grip Color
Some screws have a colored grip area to help you determine the length of the screw.
?
?
?
Even numbered length screws: Brown
Odd numbered length screws: White
Special lengthscrew: Blue
G r i p a r e a
“Special lengthscrew” means screws whose length is indicated in an integral number to the
first decimal places such as 2.5 mm, 2.8 mm and so on.
4-6
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.1 Overview
Screw Notation
To make maintenance of the computer easier, markings of the kinds of the screws including
the types and lengths of the screws are indicated on the computer body.
Format:
Screw shape + Screw length (mm)
Screw shape
B: Bind screw
F: Thin head screw
S: Super thin head screw
T: Tapping screw
U: Other screws (Unique screws:pan head, stud, etc.)
Example: B6 … 6mm bind screw
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.2 Battery pack/PC card/Bridge Media
4 Replacement Procedures
4.2 Battery pack/PC card/Bridge Media
4.2.1 Battery pack
Removing the battery pack
The following describes the procedure for removing the battery pack (See Figure 4-1).
CAUTION: Take care not to short circuit the terminals when removing the battery pack.
Similarly, do not drop, knock, scratch, disassemble, twist, or bend the battery
pack.
1. Turn off the power of the computer.
2. Disconnect the AC adapter and all other external devices from the computer.
3. Turn the computer upside down.
4. Release the battery lock by moving it to the arrow direction.
5. Slide the battery latch to the arrow direction and raise the battery.
6. Release the hooks of the battery cover and remove the battery pack from the battery
cover.
Hook
Battery cover
Battery pack
Battery latch
Battery lock
Figure 4-1 Removing the battery pack
4-8
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.2 Battery pack/PC card/Bridge Media
NOTE: Dispose of the used battery pack in accordance with the laws and ordinances of
your local authority.
Installing the battery pack
The following describes the procedure for reinstalling the battery pack (See Figure 4-1).
CAUTION: The lithium ion battery pack may explode if not fitted, operated, handled, or
disposed correctly. Dispose always the used battery pack in accordance with
the laws and ordinances of your local authority. Use only the batteries
approved by Toshiba.
NOTE: Check visually the battery terminals and clean off any dirt with a dry cloth.
1. Turn off the power of the computer.
2. Disconnect the AC adapter and all other external devices from the computer.
3. Attach the battery cover to the battery pack.
4. Place the battery pack into the slot and insert it carefully.
5. Slide the battery lock to the lock position.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.2 Battery pack/PC card/Bridge Media
4 Replacement Procedures
4.2.2 PC card
Removing the PC card
The following describes the procedure for removing the PC card (See Figure 4-2).
CAUTION: Insert or remove the PC card in accordance with any instructions in the PC
card manual or the manuals of the computer system you are using.
1. Push the eject button. It will pop out when you release it. Then press once more the
eject button to eject the PC card.
2. Grasp the PC card and remove it.
NOTE: If the PC card is not inserted all the way, the eject button may not pop out. Be
sure to push the PC card firmly and press the eject button again.
Eject button
PC card
Figure 4-2 Removing the PC card
Installing the PC card
The following describes the procedure for inserting a PC card (See Figure 4-2).
1. Make sure the eject buttondoes not stick out.
2. Insert the PC card and press it until it is securely connected.
4-10
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.2 Battery pack/PC card/Bridge Media
4.2.3 Bridge Media (SD Card / Memory Stick / xDPicture Card/Multi Media
Card)
Removing the Bridge media
The following describes the procedure for removing the bridge media (See Figure 4-3).
CAUTION: Insert or remove the Bridge Media in accordance with any instructions in the
each Bridge Media manual or the manuals of the computer system you are
using.
1. Push a Bridge media. It will pop out partly when you release, so pull out the card.
Bridge media
Figure 4-3 Removing the bridge media
Installing the Bridge media
The following describes the procedure for inserting a bridge media (See Figure 4-3).
1. Insert a bridge media and press it until it is securely connected.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.3 HDD
4 Replacement Procedures
4.3 HDD
Removing the HDD
The following describes the procedure for removing the HDD (See Figure 4-4 and 4-5).
CAUTION: Be careful not to drop or leave screws in the PC.
Take care not to press on the top or bottom of the HDD. Pressure may cause
data loss or damage to the device.
1. Turn the computer upside down.
2. Remove the following screw fixing the HDD slot cover and remove the HDD slot
cover.
?
M2.5?10B
FLAT BIND screw
x1
3. Hold the tab and pull out the HDD assembly from the connector CN1800 on the
system board.
M2.5x10B FLAT BIND
HDD slot cover
Tab
HDD assembly
CN1800
Figure 4-4 Removing the HDD assembly
4-12
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.3 HDD
4. Remove the following screws fixing the HDD assembly.
?
F3?4S
FLAT BIND screw
x4
5. Detach the HDD holder from the HDD.
6. Pull out the laminate cover to the arrow direction and detach it from the HDD.
F3?4S FLAT BIND
HDD holder
F3?4S FLAT BIND
HDD
Laminate cover
Figure 4-5 Removing the HDD
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.3 HDD
4 Replacement Procedures
Installing the HDD
The following describes the procedure for installing an HDD (See Figure 4-4 and 4-5).
1. Attach the laminate coverto the HDD.
2. Install the HDD to the HDD holder and secure them with the following screws.
?
F3?4S
FLAT BIND screw
x4
NOTE: Although they are 3mm head screws, screw torque must be set in 0.294 N·m
(3.0kgf·cm) for four screws securing the HDD holder.
3. Insert the HDD assembly into the HDD slot from the screw hole side first and
connect it carefully to the CN1800 on the system board.
4. Install the HDD slot coverand secure it with the following screw.
?
M2.5?10B
FLAT BIND screw
x1
4-14
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.4 Memory module
4.4 Memory module
CAUTION: The power of the computer must be turned off when you remove the memory
module. Removing a memory module with the power on risks damaging the
module or the computer itself.
Do not touch the memory module terminals. Any dirt on the terminals may
cause memory access problems.
Never press hard or bend the memory module.
Removing the memory module
To remove a memory module, confirm that the computer is in boot mode. Then perform the
following procedure (See Figure 4-6).
1. Loose the screw fixing the memory slot cover.
2. Remove the memory slot cover.
3. Open the left and right latches and remove the memory module.
Screw
Memory slot cover
Latches
Slot B
Memory module
(Slot A)
Figure 4-6 Removing the memory module
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.4 Memory module
4 Replacement Procedures
Installing the memory module
To install the memory module, confirm that the computer is in boot mode. Then perform the
following procedure (See Figure 4-6).
1. Insert the memory module into the connector of the computer slantwise (terminal
side first) and press it to connect firmly.
CAUTION: The power must be turned off when you insert the memory module. Inserting
a memory module with the power on might damage the module or the
computer itself.
Never press hard or bend the memory module.
When installing a memory module, always install it to Slot A first.
2. Install the memory slot coverand secure it with the screw.
3. When the power of the computer is turned on, the computer checks automatically the
memory size. Confirm that the new memory is detected correctly.
4. If the memory is not detected, check that it is connected correctly.
4-16
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.5 Keyboard/Bluetooth
4.5 Keyboard/Bluetooth
4.5.1 Keyboard
Removing the keyboard
The following describes the procedure for removing the keyboard (See Figure 4-7 to 4-9).
CAUTION: As the keytop may fall out, when handling the keyboard always hold it by the
frame and do not touch the keytop.
1. Open the display.
2. Insert your finger into the spaces between the keyboard brace and the computer. Then,
lift up the keyboard brace to unlatch and remove it.
3. Remove the following screw fixing the speaker cover assembly.
?
M2.5?4B FLAT BIND screw
x1
4. Slide the speaker cover assembly to the arrow direction and pull up to remove.
Keyboard brace
M2.5x4B FLAT BIND
Speaker cover assembly
Figure 4-7 Removing the speaker cover assembly
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.5 Keyboard/Bluetooth
4 Replacement Procedures
5. Remove the following screws fixing the keyboard
?
M2.5?2.8B FLAT BIND screw
x2
M2.5x2.8B FLAT BIND
Figure 4-8 Removing the keyboard
6. Lift the upper side of the keyboard and turn it face down on the palm rest.
4-18
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.5 Keyboard/Bluetooth
7. Remove the following screws fixing the keyboard support plate.
?
M2.5?2.8B
FLAT BIND screw
x2
8. Remove the keyboard support plate.
M2.5?2.8B FLAT BIND
Slit
Keyboard support plate
CN3230
Keyboard
Keyboard flexible cable
Figure 4-9 Removing the keyboard support plate
9. Pull out the keyboard flexible cable from the slit and disconnect it from the
connector CN3230 on the system board.
10. Remove the keyboard.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.5 Keyboard/Bluetooth
4 Replacement Procedures
Installing the keyboard
The following describes the procedure for installing the keyboard (See Figure 4-7 to 4-9).
1. Turn the keyboard upside down and place it on the palm rest as its face down.
Connect the keyboard flexible cable to the connector CN3230 on the system board.
NOTE: After connecting the keyboard flexible cable, put the cable into the slit of the
computer.
2. Install the keyboard support plate from the palm rest side edge and secure it with
the following screws.
?
M2.5?2.8B FLAT BIND screw
x2
3. Turn the keyboard face up and put it on the computer. Make sure that there is no
space between the keyboard and the computer.
4. Secure the keyboard with the following screws.
?
M2.5?2.8B FLAT BIND screw
x2
5. Slide to set the speaker cover assembly and secure it with the following screw.
?
M2.5?4B FLAT BIND screw
x1
6. Install the keyboard brace by pressing it.
4-20
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.5 Keyboard/Bluetooth
4.5.2 Bluetooth
Removing the Bluetooth
The following describes the procedure for removing the bluetooth (See Figure 4-10).
1. Disconnect the bluetooth flat cable from the connector CN4400 on the system board.
2. Turn up the insulator to take out the bluetooth module from the guide of the display
assembly.
3. Disconnect the bluetooth antenna cable (black cable with marking) from the
bluetooth module.
4. Disconnect the bluetooth flat cable from the connector on the bluetooth module.
bluetooth flat cable
bluetooth antenna cable
Marking
Insulator
CN4400
bluetooth module
Guide
Figure 4-10 Removing the bluetooth module
Installing the Bluetooth
The following describes the procedure for installing the bluetooth (See Figure 4-10).
1. Connect the bluetooth flat cable to the connector on the bluetooth module.
2. Connect the bluetooth flat cable to the connector CN4400 on the system board.
3. Turn up the insulator to fit the bluetooth module to the guide of the display
assembly.
4. Connect the bluetooth antenna cable (black cable with marking) to the bluetooth
module.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.6 Switch membrane
4 Replacement Procedures
4.6 Switch membrane
Removing the switch membrane
The following describes the procedure for removing the switch membrane (See Figure 4-11).
1. Remove the following screw and remove the LCD CON holder.
?
M2.5?6B FLAT BIND screw
x1
2. Disconnect the switch membrane from the connector CN9650 on the system board.
3. Remove the following screw fixing the membrane switch.
?
M2.5?2.8B FLAT BIND screw
x1
4. Slide the switch membrane to the arrow direction and remove it.
M2.5x6B FLAT BIND
LCD CON holder
Switch membrane
M2.5x2.8B FLAT BIND
Core
CN9650
Figure 4-11 Removing the switch membrane
4-22
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.6 Switch membrane
Installing the switch membrane
The following describes the procedure for installing the switch membrane (See Figure 4-11).
1. Connect the switch membrane to the connector CN9650 on the system board.
2. Slide the switch membrane to install and secure it with the following screw.
?
M2.5?2.8B FLAT BIND screw
x1
3. Install the LCD CON holder and secure it with the following screw.
?
M2.5?6B
FLAT BIND screw
x1
NOTE: When installing the LCD CON holder, be careful not to catch harnesses, cables
and the core of the LCD harness.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.7 Optical drive
4 Replacement Procedures
4.7
Optical drive
NOTE: Do not apply excessive force to the top of an optical drive.
Do not touch the shaded portion of the figure below, when you remove or install
the drive.
Removing the optical drive
The following describes the procedure for removing the optical drive (See Figure 4-12 and 4-
13).
1. Turn over the computer and remove the following screws securing the optical drive
assembly.
?
M2.5?4B FLAT BIND screw
x2
2. Pull out the optical drive assembly towards the arrow direction to disconnect it from
the CN1820 on the system board.
NOTE: When it is difficult to pull out the optical drive assembly, insert your finger into
the slot and push out the optical drive assembly.
Optical drive assembly
CN1820
M2.5 x 4B FLAT BIND
Figure 4-12 Removing the optical drive assembly
4-24
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.7 Optical drive
3. Remove the following screws to remove the side bracket from the optical drive.
?
?
M2?3C
SUPER THIN HEAD screw
Stepping screw
x2
x1
M2?3.2
Side bracket
Stepping screw
M2?3C SUPER THIN HEAD
Figure 4-13 Disassembling the side bracket
Installing the optical drive
The following describes the procedure for installing the optical drive (See Figure 4-12 and
4-13).
1. Attach the side bracket to the optical drive and secure it with the following screws.
?
?
M2?3C
SUPER THIN HEAD screw
Stepping screw
x2
x1
M2?3.2
2. Insert the optical drive assembly into the slot for the drive and connect it to the
connector CN1820 on the system board.
3. Secure the optical drive assembly from the bottom of the computer with the following
screws.
?
M2.5?4B
FLAT BIND screw
x2
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.8 Display assembly
4 Replacement Procedures
4.8 Display assembly
Removing the display assembly
The following describes the procedure for removing the display assembly (See Figure 4-14 to
4-18).
1. Close the display and turn the computer upside down.
2. Remove the following screws from the bottom of the computer.
? M2.5?10B
FLAT BIND screw
x12 (“10” in the figure)
? M2.5?10B
FLAT BIND screw
(Locktight)
x2 (“10+L” in the figure)
? M2.5?4B
FLAT BIND screw
x1 (“4” in the figure)
10+L
10
10
10
10
10+L
10
10
10
10
10
10
4
10
10
Figure 4-14 Removing the screws (back)
4-26
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.8 Display assembly
3. Tun over the computer and open the display.
4. Remove the following screws and remove the harness cover.
? M2.5?6B
FLAT BIND screw
FLAT BIND screw
x2
x1
? M2.5?10B
M2.5 ? 10B FLAT BIND
Harness cover
M2.5 ? 6B FLAT BIND
Figure 4-15 Removing the screws (front)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.8 Display assembly
4 Replacement Procedures
5. Disconnect the LCD harness from the connector PJ5600 on the system board.
6. Unlock the connector CN3201 and disconnect the touch pad cable from the
connector on the system board.
7. Unlock the connector CN9550 and disconnect the SJ board flat cable from the
connector on the sound board.
8. Take out the wireless LAN antenna cables under the insulators and pull out it from
the upper side of the slot.
Upper side of the slot
SJ board flat cable
PJ9550
LCD harness
Insulator
PJ5600
PJ3201
Touch pad cable
Figure 4-16 Removing the cables
4-28
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.8 Display assembly
9. Lift up the display assembly from the Optical drive side first to unhook the latches.
10. Remove the display assembly from the base assembly and place it next to the base
assembly.
11. Remove the following screws and remove the wireless LAN coveron the base
assembly.
? M2?4Z
BIND screw
x1
Optical drive side
M2x4Z BIND
Guide
Wireless LAN cover
Figure 4-17 Removing the display assembly
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.8 Display assembly
4 Replacement Procedures
12. Disconnect the wireless LAN antenna cables from the wireless LAN board.
Wireless LAN antenna cable
Wireless LAN antenna cable
Aux (black)
Main (white)
Figure 4-18 Removing the wireless LAN antenna cables
4-30
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.8 Display assembly
Installing the display assembly
The following describes the procedure for installing the display assembly (See Figure 4-14 to
4-18).
1. Connect the wireless LAN antenna cables (Main (white cable) and Aux (black
cable)) to the connectors on the wireless LAN board.
2. Install the wireless LAN cover and fix it with the following screw. Pass the wireless
LAN cables inside the guide of the wireless LAN cover.
? M2?4Z
BIND screw
x1
3. Install the display assembly on the base assembly.
NOTE: Make sure there is no cable caught between the display assembly and base
assembly.
4. Secure the display assembly with the following screws.
? M2.5?6B
FLAT BIND screw
x2
5. Pass the wireless LAN antenna cables through the guide on the middle frame from the
wireless LAN board side and fix them with the insulators. The excess part of the
cables should be kept under the frame of upper side of the slot.
6. Connect the SJ board flat cable to the connector CN9550 on the sound board.
7. Connect the LCD harness to the connector PJ5600 on the system board.
8. Connect the touch pad cable to the CN3201 on the system board.
9. Install the harness cover from the display side and secure it with the following screw.
? M2.5?10B
FLAT BIND screw
x1
10. Secure the base assembly with the following screws.
NOTE: Be sure to apply the locktight to the screws with mark “+L” in the figure.
? M2.5?10B
FLAT BIND screw
x12 (“10” in the figure)
? M2.5?10B
FLAT BIND screw
(Locktight)
x2 (“10+L” in the figure)
? M2.5?4B
FLAT BIND screw
x1 (“4” in the figure)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.9 SD board/MDC
4 Replacement Procedures
4.9 SD board/MDC
4.9.1 SD board
Removing the SD board
The following describes the procedure for removing the SD board (See Figure 4-19).
1. Disconnect the SD board flat cable from the connector CN9510 on the SD board.
2. Disconnect the SVP harness from the connector CN9615 on the SD board.
3. Disconnect the TV tuner cable from the connector CN9614 on the SD board.
4. Disconnect the TV tuner coaxial cable from the CN2410 on the SD board.
5. Disconnect the speaker cable L (red cable) and speaker cable R (blue cable) from
the connectors CN6002 and CN6003 on the SD board.
6. Disconnect the USB harness from the connector CN4620 on the SD board.
7. Remove the following screws fixing the SD board.
?
M2.5?4B FLAT BIND screw
x4
8. Remove the SD board and RJ11 connector altogether from the base assembly.
4-32
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.9 SD board/MDC
M2.5x4B FLAT BIND
SD board flat cable
M2.5x4B FLAT BIND
SVP harness
TV tuner coaxial cable
CN2410
TV tuner cable
CN9614
Speaker cable L
RJ11 connector
Core
CN9510
CN9615
PJ6002
PJ6003
USB harness
Speaker cable R
CN4620
Figure 4-19 Removing the SD board
Installing the SD board
The following describes the procedure for installing the SD board (See Figure 4-19).
1. Install the RJ11 connector and its core to each slot of the base assembly.
2. Install the SD board and secure it with the following screws. When installing, pass
the USB harness through the cut area of the SD board.
?
M2.5?4B FLAT BIND screw
x4
3. Connect the USB harness to the connector CN4620 on the SD board.
4. Connect the speaker cable L (red cable) and speaker cable R (blue cable) to the
connectors CN6002 and CN6003 on the SD board.
5. Connect the SD board flat cable, TV tuner coaxial cable, TV tuner cable and SVP
harness to the connectors CN9510, CN2410, CN9614 and CN9615 on the SD board
respectively.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.9 SD board/MDC
4 Replacement Procedures
4.9.2 MDC
Removing the MDC
The following describes the procedure for removing the MDC (See Figure 4-20).
1. Turn over the SD board.
2. Remove the following screws fixing the MDC and pull the MDC straight up from the
connector CN3000 on the SD board.
?
M2?4Z BIND screw
x2
3. Remove the RJ11 harness from the MDC.
M2?4Z BIND
MDC
RJ11 harness
CN3000
Figure 4-20 Removing the MDC
Installing the MDC
The following describes the procedure for installing an MDC (See Figure 4-20).
1. Connect the RJ11 harness to the MDC.
2. Connect the MDC to the connector CN3000 on the SD board.
3. Secure the MDC with the following screws.
?
M2?4Z BIND screw
x2
4-34
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.10 Fan
4
4.10 Fan
Removing the fan
The following describes the procedure for removing the fan (See Figure 4-21).
1. Disconnect the fan cable from the CN8770 on the system board.
2. Remove the following screws and remove the fan.
?
M2.5?4B
FLAT BIND screw
x2
M2.5x4B FLAT BIND
Fan cable
CN8770
Space
Figure 4-21 Removing the fan
Installing the fan
The following describes the procedure for installing the fan (See Figure 4-21).
1. Install the fan and secure it with the following screws.
?
M2.5?4B
FLAT BIND screw
x2
2. Connect the fan cable to the connector CN8770 on the system board.
NOTE: After connecting the fan cable, put the cable into the space under the system
board.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.11 Wireless LAN board
4 Replacement Procedures
4.11 Wireless LAN board
Removing the wireless LAN board
The following describes the procedure for removing the wireless LAN board (See Figure 4-
22).
1. Open the left and right latches holding the wireless LAN board and remove it.
Latches
Figure 4-22 Removing the wireless LAN board
Installing the wireless LAN board
The following describes the procedure for installing the wireless LAN board (See Figure 4-
22).
1. Insert the wireless LAN board terminals slantwise into the connector on the
computer and press the wireless LAN board until it is securely in place.
4-36
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.12 System board
4.12 System board
CAUTION: 1. When handling the system board, always hold by the edges. Do not touch
the printed circuit face.
2. If replacing with a new system board, execute the subtest01 Initial
configuration in section 3.3 “Setting of the hardware configuration”. Also
update with the latest BIOS as described in Appendix G “BIOS Rewrite
Procedures”.
Removing the system board
The following describes the procedure for removing the system board (See Figure 4-23 and
4-24).
1. Disconnect the VGA fancable from the connector CN8780 on the system board
from the bottom side.
VGA fan cable
CN8780
Memory slot
Figure 4-23 Removing the VGA fan cable
2. Turn over the PC and turn up the insulator to release the USB cable.
3. Remove the following screws securing the system board and remove the system
board with the DC-IN jack. When removing the system board, be careful not to break
the I/O ports on the system board.
?
M2.5?4B
FLAT BIND screw
x4
4. Remove the BATT CONN cover.
5. Disconnect the DC-IN jack, SD board flat cable and SVP harness from the system
board.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.12 System board
4 Replacement Procedures
BATT CONN cover
SD board flat cable
M2.5x4B FLAT BIND
DC-IN jack
USB harness
Insulator
SVP harness
M2.5x4B FLAT BIND
Wireless LAN KILL switch
Figure 4-24 Removing the system board
4-38
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.12 System board
Installing the system board
The following describes the procedure for installing the system board (See Figure 4-23 and
4-24).
1. Connect the DC-IN jack, SD board flat cable and SVP harness to the system board.
2. Install the BATT CONN coverwith fitting to the slot of the base assembly.
3. Install the DC-IN jack to the base assembly.
4. Install the system board. When installing, insert the battery connector under the
BATT CON cover and the set the opposite side of the system board. When setting the
board, be careful not to break the I/O connectors on the system board. Then secure
the system board with the following screws.
?
M2.5?4B
FLAT BIND screw
x4
NOTE: (for the model with the wireless LAN)
When installing the system board, make sure Wireless LAN KILL switch is fit to
the slit of the base assembly.
5. Pass the USB cable along to the guide on the base assembly and secure the USB
cable with the insulator.
6. Connect the VGA fan cable to the connector CN8780 on the system board from the
bottom side.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.13 RTC battery
4 Replacement Procedures
4.13 RTC battery
Removing the RTC battery
The following describes the procedure for removing the RTC battery (See Figure 4-25).
1. Disconnect the RTC battery harness from the connector CN8490 on the system board.
2. Pull out the RTC battery harness from the guide and remove the RTC battery.
RTC battery
RTC battery harness
CN8490
Guide
Figure 4-25 Removing the RTC battery
Installing the RTC battery
The following describes the procedure for installing the RTC battery (See Figure 4-25).
1. Install the RTC battery and pass the RTC battery harness through the guide.
2. Connect the RTC battery harness to the connector CN8490 on the system board.
4-40
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.14 TV tuner module/Guide
4.14 TV tuner module/Guide
4.14.1 TV tuner module
Removing the TV tuner module
The following describes the procedure for removing the TV tuner module (See Figure 4-26).
1. Disconnect the TV tuner harness from the connector on the TV tuner module.
2. Disconnect the TV tuner coaxial cable from the connector on the TV tuner module.
3. Remove the following screws securing the TV tuner module.
?
M2?4Z
BIND screw
x2
4. Open the left and right latches holding the TV tuner module and remove it.
M2x4Z BIND
TV tuner harness
TV tuner module
Latches
TV tuner coaxial cable
Figure 4-26 Removing the TV tuner module
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.14 TV tuner module/Guide
4 Replacement Procedures
Installing the TV tuner module
The following describes the procedure for installing the TV tuner module (See Figure 4-26).
1. Insert the TV tuner module terminals slantwise into the connector on the system
board and secure it with the following screws.
?
M2?4Z
BIND screw
x2
2. Connect the TV tuner coaxial cable to the connector on the TV tuner module.
3. Connect the TV tuner harness to the connector on the TV tuner module.
4.14.2 Guide
Removing the guide
The following describes the procedure for removing the guide (See Figure 4-27).
1. Disconnect the TV tuner harness from the connector on the TV tuner module.
2. Disconnect the TV tuner coaxial cable from the connector on the TV tuner module.
3. Disconnect the USB harness from the connector CN4612 on the system board.
4. Pull out the USB harness, TV tuner harness and TV tuner coaxial cable from the
guide.
5. Remove the following screw and remove the guide.
?
M2?4Z
BIND screw
x1
4-42
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.14 TV tuner module/Guide
USB harness
CN9501
TV tuner harness
M2x4 BIND
Guide
TV tuner coaxial cable
Figure 4-27 Removing the guide
Installing the guide
The following describes the procedure for installing the guide (See Figure 4-27).
1. Install the guide on the system board and secure it with the following screw.
?
M2?4Z
BIND screw
x1
2. Pass the USB harness along the guide and connect it to the connector CN4612 on the
system board.
NOTE: When arranging the USB harness and TV tuner harness, be sure to pass the USB
harness first so that USB harness is connected to CN9501 without passing
across the TV tuner harness.
3. Pass the TV tuner coaxial cable and the TV tuner harness through the guide and
connect them to the connectors on the TV tuner module.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.15 Heat sink/CPU
4 Replacement Procedures
4.15 Heat sink/CPU
Removing the heat sink/CPU
The following describes the procedure for removing the heat sink and CPU (See Figure 4-28
and 4-29).
1. After Removing the following screws, remove the heat sink holderand heat sink.
?
M2?4Z
BIND screw
x3
M2x4Z BIND
Heat sink holder
Heat sink
Figure 4-28 Removing the heat sink
4-44
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.15 Heat sink/CPU
2. Unlock the CPU by rotating the cam on the CPU socket 180 degrees to the
counterclockwise with a flat-blade screwdriver.
3. Remove the CPU.
Cam
Figure 4-29 Removing the CPU
Installing the heat sink/CPU
The following describes the procedure for installing the heat sink and CPU (See Figure 4-28
to 4-30).
1. Check that the mark of cam is in the unlocking position.
2. Attach the CPU to the correct position in the CPU socket.
3. Fix the CPU by rotating the cam 180 degrees to the clockwise with a flat-blade
screwdriver.
4. If there is already silicon grease on the CPU, clean it with a cloth.
Using a special applicator, apply silicon grease so that the CPU chip on the CPU is
completely covered.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.15 Heat sink/CPU
4 Replacement Procedures
NOTE: Apply the silicon grease enough to cover the chip surface using the special
applicator.
Figure 4-30 Applying silicon grease
5. Install the heat sink and heat sink holder and secure them with the following screws
in the order of numbers marked on the heat sink holder.
?
M2?4Z BIND screw
x3
4-46
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.16 VGA Heat sink
4.16 VGA Heat sink
Removing the VGA heat sink
The following describes the procedure for removing the VGA heat sink (See Figure 4-31).
1. After removing the following screws, remove the VGA heat sink.
?
M2?4Z
BIND screw
x3
VGA heat sink
M2x4Z BIND
Figure 4-31 Removing the VGA heat sink
Installing the VGA heat sink
The following describes the procedure for installing the VGA heat sink (See Figure 4-30 and
4-31).
1. If there is already silicon grease on the VGA, clean it with a cloth.
Using a special applicator, apply silicon grease so that the VGA chip on the VGA is
completely covered.
NOTE: Apply the silicon grease enough to cover the chip surface using the special
applicator.
2. Install the VGA heat sink and secure them with the following screws.
?
M2?4Z BIND screw
x3
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.17 PC card cover
4 Replacement Procedures
4.17 PC card cover
Removing the PC card cover
The following describes the procedure for removing the PC card cover (See Figure 4-32).
1. Remove the following screws securing the PC card cover.
?
M2?3Z BIND screw
x2
2. Open the PC card cover toward the outside to unlatch it from hooks and pull up the
PC card cover.
NOTE: Since the PC card cover is deformed when removing it, you cannot reuse it.
PC card cover
Hook
M2x3Z BIND
Figure 4-32 Removing the PC card cover
Installing the PC card cover
The following describes the procedure for installing the PC card cover (See Figure 4-32).
1. Install the PC card cover while locking the hooks.
2. Secure the PC card cover with the following screws.
?
M2?3Z BIND screw
x2
4-48
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.18 Speaker/VGA fan
4.18 Speaker/VGA fan
Removing the Speaker/VGA fan
The following describes the procedure for removing the speaker and VGA fan(See Figure 4-
33).
1. Pull out the speaker cable L (red cable) under the insulatorand the glass tapes.
2. Remove the speaker L from the guide of base assembly.
3. Remove the speaker R from the guide of base assembly.
4. Remove the following screws securing the VGA EARTH SPRINGs and remove
them.
?
M2?3C SUPER THIN HEAD screw
x2
5. Remove the following screws securing the VGA fan.
?
M2?4B BIND screw
x2
6. Remove the VGA fan from the base assembly
M2.5x4B FLAT BIND
Rib
VGA EARTH SPRINGs
Speaker R
M2.5x4B FLAT BIND
Glass tapes
Insulator
Speaker cable L
Rib
VGA fan
Speaker L
Figure 4-33 Removing the speakers
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.18 Speaker/VGA fan
4 Replacement Procedures
Installing the Speaker/VGA fan
The following describes the procedure for installing the speaker and VGA fan (See Figure 4-
33).
NOTE: When installing speakers, make sure they are fit to the guides closely by pressing
them from the top.
Pass the VGA fan cable first on the base assembly so that the speaker (L) cable
passes on the cable.
1. Install the VGA fan according to screw holes on the base assembly and secure it with
the following screws.
?
M2?4B BIND screw
x2
2. Install the VGA EARTH SPRINGs on the VGA fan and secure them with the
following screws.
?
M2?3C SUPER THIN HEAD screw
x2
3. Install the speaker R along the guide of the base assembly.
4. Install the speaker L along the guide of the base assembly.
5. Arrange the speaker cable L along the ribs and fix it with the insulator and glass
tapes.
4-50
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.19 Battery latch
4.19 Battery latch
Removing the battery latch
The following describes the procedure for removing the battery latch (See Figure 4-34 and 3-
35).
1. Remove the following screws fixing the battery latch assembly.
?
M2?4Z
FLAT BIND screw x2
2. Slide the battery lock to the arrow direction and push up the battery latch assembly
from the bottom side to remove it from the base assembly.
M2x4Z FLAT BIND
Battery lock
M2x4Z FLAT BIND
Battery latch assembly
Figure 4-34 Removing the battery latch assembly
3. Turn over the battery latch assembly and remove the battery latch by raising it.
Remove the spring.
4. Remove the battery lock button.
Spring
Battery latch
Battery lock button
Stopper
Figure 4-35 Removing the battery latch
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.19 Battery latch
4 Replacement Procedures
Installing the battery latch
The following describes the procedure for installing the battery latch (See Figure 4-34 and 4-
35).
1. Install the battery lock button.
2. Set the spring on the battery latch and install the battery latch on the battery latch
assembly. Make sure the spring is not set over the stopper.
3. Install the battery assembly to the base assembly from the HDD side and secure it
with the following screws.
?
M2?4Z
FLAT BIND screw x2
4. Slide the battery lock to the battery side.
5. Make sure the battery latch works smoothly by sliding it from the bottom side.
4-52
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.20 Touch pad
4.20 Touch pad
Removing the touch pad
The following describes the procedure for removing the touch pad (See Figure 4-36).
1. Remove the glass tape fixing the touch pad flexible cable.
2. Disconnect the touch pad flat cable from the touch pad.
3. Remove the following screws fixing the touch pad plate and remove the touch pad
plate.
?
M2.5?2.8B
FLAT BIND screw
x4
x2
4. Remove the following screws securing the touch pad.
?
M2.5?2.8B
FLAT BIND screw
5. Peel off touch pad to remove.
M2.5x2.8B FLAT BIND
Glass tape
M2.5x2.8B FLAT BIND
Touch pad flat cable
M2.5x2.8B FLAT BIND
Touch pad
M2.5x2.8B FLAT BIND
Figure 4-36 Removing the touch pad
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.20 Touch pad
4 Replacement Procedures
Installing the touch pad
The following describes the procedure for installing the touch pad (See Figure 4-36).
NOTE: Do not reuse the touch pad so that it can not be used after peeling off from the
computer. Be sure to stick a new touch pad.
1. Stick the touch padand secure it with the following screws.
?
M2.5?2.8B
FLAT BIND screw
x2
2. Install the touch pad plate and secure it with the following screws.
?
M2.5?2.8B
FLAT BIND screw
x4
3. Connect the touch padflat cable to the connector on the touch pad and secure it with
a glass tape.
4-54
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.21 SJ board
4.21 SJ board
Removing the SJ board
The following describes the procedure for removing the SJ board (See Figure 4-37).
1. Disconnect the microphone cable from the connector CN6000 on the SJ board.
2. Unlock the connector CN9560 on the SJ board and disconnect the SJ board flat
cable from it.
3. Remove the following screw fixing the SJ board and remove the SJ board.
?
M2?4Z BIND screw
x1
4. Remove the glass tape and pull out the SJ board flat cable from the slit of the
middle frame.
M2x4Z BIND
SJ board
Glass tape
CN9560
CN6000
Slit
SJ board flat cable
Guide lines
Microphone cable
Insulator
Figure 4-37 Removing the SJ board
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.21 SJ board
4 Replacement Procedures
Installing the SJ board
The following describes the procedure for installing the SJ board (See Figure 4-37).
1. Pass through the SJ board flat cable into the slit of the middle frame and arrange it
along the guide on the insulator. Secure the SJ board flat cable with a glass tape.
2. Install the SJ board and secure it with the following screw.
?
M2?4Z BIND screw
x1
3. Connect the SJ board flat cable to the connector CN9560 on the SJ board.
4. Connect the microphone cable to the connector CN6000 on the SJ board.
4-56
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.22 Microphone
4.22 Microphone
Removing the microphone
The following describes the procedure for removing the microphone (See Figure 4-38).
1. Remove the following screw to remove the microphone hold guide from the base
assembly.
?
M2?4Z BIND screw
x1
2. Detach the microphone from the microphone hold guide.
3. Detach the microphone cover from the microphone.
M2x4Z BIND
Microphone
Microphone cover
Microphone Hold Guide
Figure 4-38 Removing the microphone
Installing the microphone
The following describes the procedure for installing the microphone (See Figure 4-38).
1. Install the microphone coveron the microphone.
2. Install the microphone to the microphone hold guide.
3. Install the microphone hold guide along the guide and secure it with the following
screw.
?
M2?4Z BIND screw
x1
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.23 LCD unit/FL inverter
4 Replacement Procedures
4.23 LCD unit/FL inverter
Removing the LCD unit/FL inverter
The following describes the procedure for removing the LCD unit and FL inverter (See
Figure 4-39 to 4-42).
1. Open widely the display panel and pull up both the hinge caps to remove by slightly
pressing them toward the display.
2. Peel off two mask tapes and remove the following screws securing the display mask.
?
M2.5?6B
FLAT BIND screw
x2
3. Insert your fingers between the edge of the display mask and the LCD, and remove
the display mask while unlatching the display mask.
Mask tapes
Hinge caps
M2.5x6B FLAT BIND
Display mask
LCD
Figure 4-39 Removing the display mask
4-58
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.23 LCD unit/FL inverter
4. Remove the following screw fixing the FL inverter.
?
M2x4Z
SUPER THIN HEAD screw
x1
5. (for model with wireless LAN or Bluetooth)
Pull out one insulatorand peel off the other one adhered to the FL inverter.
6. Disconnect the LCD harnesses from the connectors CN1 and CN2 on the FL
inverter.
7. Disconnect the HV harnesses from the connectors CN3 and CN4 on the FL inverter.
8. Remove the FL inverterwhile peeling off the double-sided tape.
CN2
CN1
M2x4Z SUPER THIN HEAD
Insulator
LCD harnesses
Insulator (adhered)
Double-sided tape
FL inverter
HV harnesses
Figure 4-40 Removing the FL inverter
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.23 LCD unit/FL inverter
4 Replacement Procedures
9. Remove the following screws fixing the LCD unit.
?
M2x4Z
SUPER THIN HEAD screw
x4
10. With the bottom edge of the LCD unit on the display cover, lift only the top edge of
the LCD unit. After peeling off the aluminum tape, disconnect the LCD harness
from the connector on the back of the LCD unit. Remove the LCD unit.
M2x4Z SUPER THIN HEAD
LCD unit
Aluminum tape
(Fit the right side to
the connector of
the cable and the
top to the
connector on the
board.)
LCD harness
Figure 4-41 Removing the LCD unit
4-60
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.23 LCD unit/FL inverter
11. Remove the following screws to remove the right and left LCD supports from the
LCD unit.
?
M2x3C
SUPER THIN HEAD screw
x4
M2x3C SUPER THIN HEAD
LCD supports
M2x3C SUPER THIN HEAD
Figure 4-42 Removing the LCD supports
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-61
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.23 LCD unit/FL inverter
4 Replacement Procedures
Installing the LCD unit/FL Inverter
The following describes the procedure for installing the LCD unit and FL inverter (See
Figure 4-39 to 4-42).
1. Secure the LCD supports (left and right) to the LCD unit with the following screws.
?
M2?3C
SUPER THIN HEAD screw
x4
2. Stand the LCD unit on the display cover and connect the LCD harness to the
connector on the back of LCD.
3. Stick the aluminum tape on the connector of LCD harness.
4. Secure the LCD unit with the following screws.
?
M2?4Z
SUPER THIN HEAD screw
x4
5. Connect LCD harnesses to the connector CN1 and CN2 of the FL inverter.
CAUTION: Be careful not to connect the LCD harnesses to the wrong connectors.
6. Connect HV harnesses to the connector CN3 and CN4 of the FL inverter.
7. Install the FL inverterwhile sticking the double-sided tape and secure it with the
following screw.
?
M2?4Z
SUPER THIN HEAD screw
x1
8. (for model with wireless LAN or Bluetooth)
Insert one insulator under the LCD unit and stick the other one to the FL inverter.
9. Install the display mask and lock the latches.
NOTE: When installing the display mask, ensure that there is no gap between the display
mask and the display cover.
10. Secure the display mask with the following screws and stick two mask tapes on the
front.
?
M2.5?6B
THIN HEAD screw
x2
11. Install the hinge caps to the both sides.
4-62
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.24 Wireless antennas/ LCD harness
4.24 Wireless antennas/ LCD harness
4.24.1 Wireless antennas
Removing the wireless antennas
The following describes the procedure for removing the wireless antennas (See Figure 4-44
and 4-44).
1. Make sure the wireless LAN antenna cables are pulled on the middle frame. (Refer to
4.8 Display assembly.)
2. Turn up the insulators and pull out the bluetooth antenna cable from the guide of
middle frame.
Wireless LAN antenna cables
Insulators
Insulator
Bluetooth antenna cable
Figure 4-43 Removing the bluetooth antenna cables
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-63
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.24 Wireless antennas/ LCD harness
4 Replacement Procedures
3. Peel off the glass tapes fixing the wireless LAN antenna cables and bluetooth antenna
cable and peel off the wireless LAN antennas and bluetooth antenna from the
display cover.
Glass tape
Wireless LAN antenna
with black cable
Bluetooth antenna
Glass tape
Glass tape
Wireless LAN antenna
with white cable
Figure 4-44 Removing the wireless antennas
Installing the wireless antennas
The following describes the procedure for installing the wireless LAN antenna (See Figure
4-43 and 4-44).
1. Stick the wireless LAN antennas and bluetooth antenna on the display cover
according to the guide lines.
2. Arrange the wireless LAN antenna cables and blutooth antenna cable on the
display cover and fix it with the glass tapes.
3. Draw out the wireless LAN antenna cables on the middle frame.
4. Arrange the bluetooth antenna cable along the guide of middle frame and fix it with
the insulators.
4-64
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.24 Wireless antennas/ LCD harness
4.24.2 LCD harness
Removing the LCD harness
The following describes the procedure for removing LCD harness (See Figure 4-45 and 4-46).
1. Remove the following screw securing the LCD harness holder and remove the LCD
harness holder (display cover side).
?
M2.5?4B
FLAT BIND screw
x1
M2.5x4B FLAT BIND
LCD harness holder
Figure 4-45 Removing the LCD harness holder (display cover side)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-65
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.24 Wireless antennas/ LCD harness
4 Replacement Procedures
2. Remove the following screw securing the LCD harness holder and remove the LCD
harness holder (middle frame side).
?
M2.5?2.8B
FLAT BIND screw
x1
3. Remove the LCD harness from the guide.
M2.5x2.8B FLAT BIND
LCD harness holder
LCD harness
Figure 4-46 Removing the LCD harness holder (middle frame side)
Installing the LCD harness
The following describes the procedure for installing the LCD harness (See Figure 4-45 and 4-
46).
1. Arrange the LCD harness to the guide.
2. Install the LCD harness holder (middle frame side) and secure it with the following
screw.
?
M2.5?2.8B
FLAT BIND screw
x1
3. Attach the LCD harness holder (display cover side) and secure it with the following
screw.
?
M2.5?4B
FLAT BIND screw
x1
4-66
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.25 Hinge
4.25 Hinge
Removing the Hinge
The following describes the procedure for removing hinge (See Figure 4-47 to 4-49).
1. Remove the following screws securing the display cover and detach the display
cover.
?
M2.5?6
PSP TIGHT screw
x4
M2.5x6 PSP TIGHT
Figure 4-47 Removing the display cover
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-67
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.25 Hinge
4 Replacement Procedures
2. Remove the following screws and remove the hinges (display cover side).
?
M2.5?6B
FLAT BIND screw
(Locktight)
x2
Hinges (display cover side)
M2.5x6B FLAT BIND
(Locktight)
Figure 4-48 Removing the hinge (display cover side)
3. Remove the following screws and remove the hinges (middle frame side).
?
M2.5?4B
FLAT BIND screw
x2
M2.5x4B FLAT BIND
Hinges (middle frame side)
Figure 4-49 Removing the hinge (middle frame side)
4-68
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.25 Hinge
Installing the Hinge
The following describes the procedure for installing the hinge (See Figure 4-47 to 4-49).
1. Install the hinges (middle frame side) on the back side of the middle frame and
secure them with the following screws.
?
M2.5?4B
FLAT BIND screw
x2
2. Install the hinges (display cover side) and secure them with the following screws
after applying the locktight.
NOTE: Be sure to apply the locktight to the screws specified in the figure.
?
M2.5?6B
FLAT BIND screw
(Locktight)
x2
3. Install the display cover and secure it with the following screws.
M2.5?6 PSP TIGHT screw x4
?
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-69
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.26 Fluorescent lamp
4 Replacement Procedures
4
4.26 Fluorescent lamp
This system uses the following LCD module.
Type
Part No.
Supplier
Samsung
Section
15.4 inch
(W-XGA)
G33C0002A110
4.26.1
NOTE: - When working with a LCD module, always use a flat, grounded table.
- Handle the backlight unit in the environment without dust, such as on the clean
bench. Keep the worktable free from any screws or other material that may
scratch the LCD surface.
- Use an anti-static or protective sheet.
- When replacing the FL unit, cover with a finger protector or similar to prevent
dirtying or scratching the LCD panel.
- Take care when handling the lamp. Excessive force may break the lamp.
- Ensure always that the power of the LCD module is turned off before
connecting or disconnecting cables and connectors.
4-70
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.26 Fluorescent lamp
4.26.1 Replacing the 15.4-inch (W-XGA) Samsung fluorescent lamp
Removing the 15.4-inch W-XGA Samsung fluorescent lamp
To remove the 15.4-inch W-XGA Samsung Fluorescent Lamp, follow the steps belowand
refer to Figures 4-50 to 4-54.
The fluorescent lamp is assembled in the backlight unit. To replace the fluorescent lamp,
replace the backlight unit.
1. Turn the LCD module face down, and remove the PCB cover.
CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the COF and ICs when removing the PCB cover.
PCB cover
Figure 4-47 Replacing Sharp fluorescent lamp (W-XGA) (1)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-71
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.26 Fluorescent lamp
4 Replacement Procedures
2. Remove aluminum tapes stuck on the right and left sides.
Aluminum tapes
Figure 4-48 Replacing Sharp fluorescent lamp (W-XGA) (2)
3. Remove the lamp wire tape and the aluminum tape stuck on the bottom.
Lamp wire tape
Aluminum tape
Figure 4-49 Replacing Sharp fluorescent lamp (W-XGA) (3)
4-72
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4 Replacement Procedures
4.26 Fluorescent lamp
4. Unlatch the hooks on the bottom first and then the hooks on the right and left sides to
remove the top chassis from the middle frame.
Top chassis
Hook
Middle frame
Figure 4-50 Replacing Sharp fluorescent lamp (W-XGA) (4)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
4-73
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4.26 Fluorescent lamp
4 Replacement Procedures
5. Remove the panel assembly from the backlight unit.
CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the COF and ICs when removing the panel
assembly.
Panel assembly
Backlight unit
Figure 4-51 Replacing Sharp fluorescent lamp (W-XGA) (6)
Assembling the 15.4-inch W-XGA Samsung fluorescent lamp
The assembly procedure is the reverse of the above disassembly procedure.
4-74
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendices
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendices
App-ii
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendices
Appendix
Contents
Appendix A Handling the LCD Module..........................................................................A-1
Appendix B Board Layout................................................................................................B-1
B.1
B.2
B.3
B.4
B.5
B.6
System Board Front View..............................................................................B-1
System Board Back View..............................................................................B-3
SD Board Front View ....................................................................................B-5
SD Board Back View.....................................................................................B-6
SJ Board Front View......................................................................................B-7
SJ Board Back View......................................................................................B-8
Appendix C Pin Assignment .............................................................................................C-1
System Board (FCLSY*)
C.1
C.2
C.3
C.4
C.5
C.6
C.7
C.8
C.9
CN1800 HDD I/F connector (44-pin) ..........................................................C-1
CN1820 ODD I/F connector (50-pin) ..........................................................C-2
CN2110 PC card I/F connector (70-pin)......................................................C-3
CN3230 Keyboard I/F connector (34-pin) ..................................................C-4
CN4400 Bluetooth I/F connector (20-pin)...................................................C-5
CN8810 1st battery connector (10-pin)......................................................C-5
CN8490 RTC battery connector (3-pin) ......................................................C-5
CN8770 FAN connector (3-pin) ..................................................................C-6
CN8780 FAN connector (for VGA) (3-pin) ................................................C-6
C.10 CN4611 USB connector 0 (port 0) (4-pin) ..................................................C-6
C.11 CN4612 USB I/F Relay connector (8-pin) ..................................................C-7
C.12 CN4630 USB connector 1 (port 2) (4-pin) ..................................................C-7
C.13 CN4631 USB connector 2 (port 3) (4-pin) ..................................................C-7
C.14 CN8800 DC IN connector (4-pin) ...............................................................C-7
C.15 CN9500 Sound board I/F connector (50-pin) ..............................................C-8
C.16 CN9650 SWITCH I/F connector (20-pin) ...................................................C-9
C.17 J4100
Network I/F connector (12-pin) ....................................................C-9
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
App-iii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendices
C.18 CN4200 1394 I/F connector (4-pin) ..........................................................C-10
C.19 IS2101 MEDIA BRIDGE I/F connector (42-pin) ...................................C-10
C.20 CN1400 Memory connector A (200-pin) ..................................................C-11
C.21 CN1401 Memory connector B (200-pin)...................................................C-14
C.22 CN2200 Mini PCI I/F connector (124-pin) ...............................................C-17
C.23 CN2400 WW Tuner I/F connector (124-pin) ............................................C-19
C.24 CN3201 PAD I/F connector (4-pin) ..........................................................C-21
C.25 PJ5600 LCD I/F connector (41-pin) ........................................................C-21
C.26 CN5080 CRT I/F connector (15-pin) ........................................................C-22
C.27 CN5501 S-video I/F connector (4-pin) .....................................................C-22
C.28 CN3400 Debug port (4-pin) ......................................................................C-22
C.29 CN5502 D-video I/F connector (14-pin)...................................................C-23
C.30 CN5801 TV Input connector (14-pin).......................................................C-23
SD Board (FCLSD*)
C.31 CN3000 MDC I/F connector (30-pin) .......................................................C-24
C.32 CN4620 USB I/F Relay connector (8-pin) ................................................C-24
C.33 CN4621 USB I/F connector (port 4) (4-pin)..............................................C-25
C.34 CN6002 Speaker (left) connector (3-pin) ..................................................C-25
C.35 CN6003 Speaker (right) connector (2-pin) ................................................C-25
C.36 CN9550 Sound jack board I/F connector (21-pin) ....................................C-26
C.37 CN9510 System board I/F connector (50-pin)...........................................C-27
C.38 J2410
C.39 CN2410 Coaxial connector (4-pin) ...........................................................C-28
C.40 J9612 Composite-in connector (5-pin)..................................................C-28
TV Antenna connector (4-pin)....................................................C-28
C.41 CN9613 S-video connector (4-pin) ...........................................................C-28
C.42 CN9614 TV-tuner connector (12-pin).......................................................C-29
C.43 CN9615 SVP connector (14-pin) ..............................................................C-29
SJ board (FCLSJ*)
C.44 CN6000 Internal Microphone I/F connector (2-pin) .................................C-30
C.45 J6001 External Microphone I/F connector (6-pin)................................C-30
C.46 DS6000 Headphone connector (8-pin) .....................................................C-30
C.47 CN9560 Sound board I/F connector (21-pin) ...........................................C-31
App-iv
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendices
Appendix D Keyboard Scan/Character Codes.............................................................. D-1
Appendix E Key Layout....................................................................................................E-1
E.1
Appendix F Wiring Diagrams ..........................................................................................F-1
F.1 LAN Loopbak Connector...............................................................................F-1
Keyboard Layout............................................................................................E-1
Appendix G BIOS Rewrite Procedures.......................................................................... G-1
Appendix H EC/KBC Rewrite Procedures.................................................................... H-1
Appendix I Reliability.......................................................................................................I-1
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
App-v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendices
Figures
Figure B-1
Figure B-2
Figure B-3
Figure B-4
Figure B-5
Figure B-6
System board layout (front) ...........................................................................B-1
System board layout (back) ...........................................................................B-3
SD board layout (front)..................................................................................B-5
SD board layout (back)..................................................................................B-6
SJ board layout (front) ...................................................................................B-7
SJ board layout (back)....................................................................................B-8
Figure E-1
Figure E-2
Keyboard layout (for US) ..............................................................................E-1
Keyboard layout (for UK)..............................................................................E-1
Figure F-1
LAN loopback connector...............................................................................F-1
Tables
Table B-1
Table B-2
Table B-3
Table B-4
Table B-5
Table B-6
System board ICs and connectors (front).......................................................B-2
System board ICs and connectors (back).......................................................B-4
SD board connectors (front) ..........................................................................B-5
SD board connectors (back) ..........................................................................B-6
SJ board connectors (front) ...........................................................................B-7
SJ board connectors (back) ...........................................................................B-8
Table C-1
Table C-2
Table C-3
Table C-4
Table C-5
Table C-6
Table C-7
Table C-8
Table C-9
HDD I/F connector (44-pin) .........................................................................C-1
ODD I/F connector (50-pin) .........................................................................C-2
PC card I/F connector (70-pin) .....................................................................C-3
Keyboard I/F connector (34-pin) ..................................................................C-4
Bluetooth I/F connector (20-pin) ..................................................................C-5
1st battery connector (10-pin).......................................................................C-5
RTC battery connector (3-pin) ......................................................................C-5
FAN connector (3-pin)..................................................................................C-6
FAN connector (for VGA) (3-pin)................................................................C-6
App-vi
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendices
Table C-10
Table C-11
Table C-12
Table C-13
Table C-14
Table C-15
Table C-16
Table C-17
Table C-18
Table C-19
Table C-20
Table C-21
Table C-22
Table C-23
Table C-24
Table C-25
Table C-26
Table C-27
Table C-28
Table C-29
Table C-30
Table C-31
Table C-32
Table C-33
Table C-34
Table C-35
Table C-36
Table C-37
Table C-38
Table C-39
Table C-40
Table C-41
USB connector 0 (port 0) (4-pin) ..................................................................C-6
USB I/F Relay connector (8-pin)..................................................................C-7
USB connector 1 (port 2) (4-pin) ..................................................................C-7
USB connector 2 (port 3) (4-pin) ..................................................................C-7
DC IN connector (4-pin)...............................................................................C-7
Sound board I/F connector (50-pin)..............................................................C-8
SWITCH I/F connector (20-pin)...................................................................C-9
Network I/F connector (12-pin) ....................................................................C-9
1394 I/F connector (4-pin) ..........................................................................C-10
MEDIA BRIDGE I/F connector (42-pin) ...................................................C-10
Memory connector A (200-pin) ..................................................................C-11
Memory connector B (200-pin) ..................................................................C-14
Mini PCI I/F connector (124-pin) ...............................................................C-17
WW Tuner I/F connector (124-pin)............................................................C-19
PAD I/F connector (4-pin) ..........................................................................C-21
LCD I/F connector (41-pin) ........................................................................C-21
CRT I/F connector (15-pin) ........................................................................C-22
S-video I/F connector (4-pin)......................................................................C-22
Debug port (4-pin) ......................................................................................C-22
D-video I/F connector (14-pin)...................................................................C-23
TV Input connector (14-pin).......................................................................C-23
MDC I/F connector (30-pin).......................................................................C-24
USB I/F Relay connector (8-pin)................................................................C-24
USB I/F connector (port 4) (4-pin) .............................................................C-25
Speaker (left) connector (3-pin) ..................................................................C-25
Speaker (right) connector (2-pin)................................................................C-25
Sound jack board I/F connector (21-pin) ....................................................C-26
System board I/F connector (50-pin) ..........................................................C-27
TV Antenna connector (4-pin) ....................................................................C-28
Coaxial connector (4-pin) ...........................................................................C-28
Composite-in connector (5-pin)..................................................................C-28
S-video connector (4-pin) ...........................................................................C-28
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
App-vii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendices
Table C-42
Table C-43
Table C-44
Table C-45
Table C-46
Table C-47
TV-tuner connector (12-pin) .......................................................................C-29
SVP connector (14-pin) ..............................................................................C-29
Internal Microphone I/F connector (2-pin) .................................................C-30
External Microphone I/F connector (6-pin)................................................C-30
Headphone connector (8-pin)......................................................................C-30
Sound board I/F connector (21-pin)............................................................C-31
Table D-1
Table D-2
Table D-3
Table D-4
Table D-5
Table D-6
Table D-7
Display codes ............................................................................................... D-1
Scan codes with left shift key....................................................................... D-5
Scan codes with Numlock mode................................................................... D-6
Scan codes with Fn key................................................................................. D-6
Scan codes in overlay mode.......................................................................... D-7
No. 124 key scancode .................................................................................. D-7
No. 126 key scancode .................................................................................. D-8
Table H-1
MTBF............................................................................................................ H-1
App-viii
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A
Appendix A Handling the LCD Module
Precautions for handling the LCD module
The LCD module can be easily damaged during assembly or disassembly. Observe the
following precautions when handling the LCD module:
1. When installing the LCD module in the LCD cover, be sure to seat it so that it is
properly aligned and maximum visibility of the display is maintained.
2. Be careful to align the holes at the four corners of the LCD module with the
corresponding holes in the LCD cover before securing the module with screws.
Do not force the module into place, because stress can affect its performance.
Also, the panel’s polarized surface is easily scarred, so be careful when handling it.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
A-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A Handling the LCD Module
3. If the panel’s surface gets dirty, wipe it with cotton or a soft cloth. If it is still dirty,
try breathing on the surface to create a light condensate and wipe it again.
If the surface is very dirty, we recommend a CRT cleaning agent. Apply the agent to
a cloth and then wipe the panel’s surface. Do not apply cleanser directly to the panel.
4. If water or other liquid is left on the panel’s surface for a long period, it can change
the screen’s tint or stain it. Be sure to quickly wipe off any liquid.
A-2
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A Handling the LCD Module
5. Glass is used in the panel, so be careful not to drop it or let it strike a hard object,
which could cause breakage or cracks.
6. CMOS-LSI circuits are used in the module, so guard against damage from
electrostatic discharge. Be sure to wear a wrist or ankle ground when handling the
module.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
A-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A Handling the LCD Module
7. Do not expose the module to direct sunlight or strong ultraviolet rays for long periods.
8. Do not store the module at temperatures below specifications. Cold can cause the
liquid crystals to freeze, lose their elasticity or otherwise suffer damage.
9. Do not disassemble the LCD module. Disassembly can cause malfunctions.
A-4
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A Handling the LCD Module
10. If you transport the module, do not use packing material that contains epoxy resin
(amine) or silicon glue (alcohol or oxide). These materials can release gas that can
damage the panel’s polarization.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
A-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A Handling the LCD Module
A-6
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix B
Appendix B Board Layout
B.1
System Board Front View
(e)
(b)
(c)
(a)
(d)
(p)
(f)
(o)
(n)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(m)
(l)
(k)
Figure B-1 System board layout (front)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
B-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
B.1 System Board Front View
Appendix B Board Layout
Table B-1 System board ICs and connectors (front)
Mark
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Number
CN5801
CN9500
CN9650
CN3230
CN3201
CN2200
CN4400
CN2110
IC1600
Name
TV Input connector
SD board I/F connector
SWITCH I/F connector
Keyboard I/F connector
PAD I/F connector
Mini PCI I/F connector
Bluetooth I/F connector
PC card I/F connector
ICH4-M
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
IC3200
EC/KBC
(k)
(l)
IS2101
MEDIA BRIDGE I/F connector
Debug port
CN3400
CN8770
CN4630
CN4631
PJ5600
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
FAN connector
USB connector 1
USB connector 2
LCD I/F connector
B-2
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix B Board Layout
B.2 System Board Back View
B.2
System Board Back View
(e)
(b) (c)
(d)
(a)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(r)
(j)
(q)
(k)
(l)
(m)
(p)
(o)
(n)
Figure B-2 System board layout (back)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
B-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
B.2 System Board Back View
Appendix B Board Layout
Table B-2 System board ICs and connectors (back)
Mark
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Number
CN8810
CN8490
CN1820
CN8800
IC5800
Name
1st battery connector
RTC battery connector
ODD I/F connector
DC IN connector
SVP MEM I/F
CN5502
CN5501
CN4612
CN8780
IC5000
D-video I/F connector
S-video I/F connector
USB I/F Relay connector
VGA FAN connector
NV36
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(l)
IC1200
Odem+
CN5080
J4100
CRT I/F connector
Network I/F connector
USB connector 0
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
CN4611
CN1800
CN4200
CN1400, CN1401
CN2400
HDD I/F connector
1394 I/F connector
Memory connector A, B
WW Tuner I/F connector
B-4
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix B Board Layout
B.3 SD Board Front View
B.3
SD Board Front View
(f) (g)
(e)
(d)
(c)
(b)
(a)
(h)
(i)
(l) (k)
Figure B-3 SD board layout (front)
Table B-3 SD board connectors (front)
(j)
Mark
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Number
CN4621
CN4620
CN6003
CN6002
CN9614
CN9550
CN9510
CN9615
CN2410
J2410
Name
USB I/F connector
USB I/F relay connector
Speaker (right) connector
Speaker (left) connector
TV-tuner connector
SJ board I/F connector
System board I/F connector
SVP connector
(g)
(h)
(i)
Coaxial connector
(j)
TV Antenna connector
Composite-in connector
S-video connector
(k)
(l)
J9612
CN9613
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
B-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
B.4 SD Board Back View
Appendix B Board Layout
B.4 SD Board Back View
(a)
Figure B-4 SD board layout (back)
Table B-4 SD board connectors (back)
Mark
Number
Name
MDC I/F connector
(a)
CN3000
B-6
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix B Board Layout
B.5 SJ Board Front View
B.5
SJ Board Front View
(b)
(a)
Figure B-5 SJ board layout (front)
Table B-5 SJ board connectors (front)
Mark
(a)
Number
DS6000
J6001
Name
Headphone connector
External Microphone I/F connector
(b)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
B-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
B.6 SJ Board Back View
Appendix B Board Layout
B.6
SJ Board Back View
(a)
(b)
Figure B-6 SJ board layout (back)
Table B-6 SJ board connectors (back)
Mark
(a)
Number
CN6000
CN9560
Name
Internal microphone connector
(b)
SD board I/F connector
B-8
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C
Appendix C Pin Assignment
System Board (FCLSY*)
C.1
CN1800 HDD I/F connector (44-pin)
Table C-1 HDD I/F connector (44-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
IDRSTA-P5N
PDD07-P3P
PDD06-P3P
PDD05-P3P
PDD04-P3P
PDD03-P3P
PDD02-P3P
PDD01-P3P
PDD00-P3P
GND
I/O
2
GND
-
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
3
I/O
4
PDD08-P3P
PDD09-P3P
PDD10-P3P
PDD11-P3P
PDD12-P3P
PDD13-P3P
PDD14-P3P
PDD15-P3P
N.C
5
I/O
6
7
I/O
8
9
I/O
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
PDDREQ-P3P
PDIOW-P3N
PDIOR-P3N
PIORDY-P3P
PDDACK-P3N
IRQ14-P3P
PDA1-P3P
PDA0-P3P
PDCS1-P3N
HDDLED-P5N
P5V
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
N.C
-
N.C
-
PDA2-P3P
PDCS3-P3N
GND
O
O
-
P5V
-
GND
N.C
-
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
C-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C.2 CN1820 ODD I/F connector (50-pin)
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.2 CN1820 ODD I/F connector (50-pin)
Table C-2 ODD I/F connector (50-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
CDAUDL-PXP
I
2
CDAUDR-
PXP
I
3
CD-GND
IDRSTB-P5N
SDD07-P3P
SDD06-P3P
SDD05-P3P
SDD04-P3P
SDD03-P3P
SDD02-P3P
SDD01-P3P
SDD00-P3P
GND
I
O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
4
N.C
-
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I
5
6
SDD08-P3P
SDD09-P3P
SDD10-P3P
SDD11-P3P
SDD12-P3P
SDD13-P3P
SDD14-P3P
SDD15-P3P
SDDREQ-P3P
SDIOR-P3N
GND
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
O
-
SDIOW-P3N
SIORDY-P3P
IRQ15-P3P
SDA1-P3P
SDA0-P3P
SDCS1-P3N
N.C
O
I
SDDACK-P3N
N.C
O
-
I
O
O
O
-
N.C
O
O
O
-
SDA2-P3P
SDCS3-P3N
P5V
P5V
-
P5V
-
P5V
-
P5V
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
N.C
-
N.C
-
GND
-
N.C
-
N.C
-
C-2
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.3 CN2110 PC card I/F connector (70-pin)
C.3 CN2110 PC card I/F connector (70-pin)
Table C-3 PC card I/F connector (70-pin) (1/2)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
GND
-
2
ACAD00-EYP
ACAD03-EYP
ACAD07-EYP
ACAD09-EYP
ACAD12-EYP
ACCBE1-EYN
ACPERR-EYN
ACINT-EYN
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
3
ACAD01-EYP
ACAD05-EYP
ACCBEO-EYN
ACAD11-EYP
ACAD14-EYP
ACPAR-EYP
ACGNT-EYN
MCVCCA-EYV
ACCLK-EYP
ACCBE2-EYN
ACAD20-EYP
ACAD22-EYP
ACAD24-EYP
ACAD26-EYP
ACAD29-EYP
ACCLKR-EYN
GND
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
MCVPPA-EYV
ACIRDY-EYN
ACAD18-EYP
ACAD21-EYP
ACAD23-EYP
ACAD25-EYP
ACAD27-EYP
ACD02-EYP
GND
ACCD1-E3N
ACAD04-EYP
ACD14-EYP
ACAD10-EYP
ACAD13-EYP
ACAD16-EYP
ACLOCK-EYN
ACDEVS-EYN
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
ACAD02-EYP
ACAD06-EYP
ACAD08-EYP
ACVS1-E3P
ACAD15-EYP
ACA18-EYP
ACSTOP-EYN
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
C-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C.4 CN3230 Keyboard I/F connector (34-pin)
Appendix C Pin Assignment
Table C-3 PC card I/F connector (70-pin) (2/2)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
65
67
69
MCVCCA-EYV
ACTRDY-EYN
ACAD17-EYP
ACVS2-E3P
ACSERR-EYN
ACCBE3-EYN
ACSTSC-EYP
ACAD30-EYP
ACCD2-E3N
GND
I
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70
MCVPPA-EYV
ACFRAM-EYN
ACAD19-EYP
ACRST-EYN
ACREQ-EYN
ACAUDI-EYP
ACAD28-EYP
ACAD31-EYP
GND
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I
I/O
I/O
-
I/O
I
-
GND
-
C.4 CN3230 Keyboard I/F connector (34-pin)
Table C-4 Keyboard I/F connector (34-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
NUMLED-P5N
CAPLED-P5N
KBSC00-S3N
KBSC02-S3N
KBSC04-S3N
KBSC06-S3N
KBSC07-S3N
KBSC09-S3N
KBRT02-S3N
KBSC10-S3N
KBRT04-S3N
KBSC12-S3N
KBRT06-S3N
KBSC14-S3N
P5V
I
2
ARWLED-P5N
P5V
I
3
I
4
-
5
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
-
6
KBSC01-S3N
KBSC03-S3N
KBSC05-S3N
KBRT00-S3N
KBSC08-S3N
KBRT01-S3N
KBRT03-S3N
KBSC11-S3N
KBRT05-S3N
KBSC13-S3N
KBRT07-S3N
KBSC15-S3N
N.C
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
-
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
N.C
-
N.C
-
N.C
-
P5V
-
C-4
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.5 CN4400 Bluetooth I/F connector (20-pin)
C.5 CN4400 Bluetooth I/F connector (20-pin)
Table C-5 Bluetooth I/F connector (20-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
GND
-
O
-
2
4
N.C.
-
-
BTMDL-P3N
N.C.
N.C.
5
6
N.C.
-
7
N.C.
-
8
BTRST-S3N
N.C.
I
9
N.C.
-
10
12
14
-
11
13
GND
-
N.C.
-
GND
-
WCHCLK-
P3P
O
15
17
N.C.
-
16
18
USBP5-S3P
I/O
I
USBP5-S3N
I/O
WCHDAT-
P3P
19
N.C.
-
20
BT-P3V
I
C.6 CN8810 1st battery connector (10-pin)
Table C-6 1st battery connector (10-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
5
7
9
(+)
O
O
I/O
-
2
4
BTMP1
O
-
(DCHG)
PSCL-S5P
GND
M5V
6
PSDA-S5P
DBT10V-S5N
GND
I/O
O
-
8
GND
-
10
C.7 CN8490 RTC battery connector (3-pin)
Table C-7 RTC battery connector (3-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
R3V
O
-
2
N.C
-
GND
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
C-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C.8 CN8770 FAN connector (3-pin)
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.8 CN8770 FAN connector (3-pin)
Table C-8 FAN connector (3-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
GND
I/O
1
3
FAN VCC
I
I
2
-
FANG0-P3P
C.9 CN8780 FAN connector (for VGA) (3-pin)
Table C-9 FAN connector (for VGA) (3-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
FAN VCC
(VGA)
I
2
GND
-
3
FANG1-P3P
I
C.10 CN4611 USB connector 0 (port 0) (4-pin)
Table C-10
USB connector 0 (port 0) (4-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
USB1PS-E5V
USBP0-S3P
I
2
4
USBP0-S3N
GND
I/O
-
I/O
C-6
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.11 CN4612 USB I/F Relay connector (8-pin)
C.11 CN4612 USB I/F Relay connector (8-pin)
Table C-11
USB I/F Relay connector (8-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
5
7
USB1PS-E5V
USBP4-S3N
GND
I
I/O
-
2
4
6
8
USB1PS-E5V
USBP4-S3P
GND
I
I/O
-
GND
-
N.C.
-
C.12 CN4630 USB connector 1 (port 2) (4-pin)
Table C-12
USB connector 1 (port 2) (4-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
USB0PS-E5V
USBP2-S3P
I/O
I
PIN No.
Signal name
USBP2-S3N
GND
I/O
1
3
2
4
I/O
-
I/O
C.13 CN4631 USB connector 2 (port 3) (4-pin)
Table C-13
USB connector 2 (port 3) (4-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
USB0PS-E5V
USBP3-S3P
I/O
I
PIN No.
Signal name
USBP3-S3N
GND
I/O
I/O
-
1
3
2
4
I/O
C.14 CN8800 DC IN connector (4-pin)
Table C-14 DC IN connector (4-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
GND
-
2
4
GND
-
(DCIN)
O
(DCIN)
O
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
C-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C.15 CN9500 Sound board I/F connector (50-pin)
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.15 CN9500 Sound board I/F connector (50-pin)
Table C-15
Sound board I/F connector (50-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
CD-GND
-
2
CDAUDL-PXP
CDAUDR-PXP
SND-GND
SND-GND
SND-GND
PCBEEP-E3P
SND-P5V
SND-P5V
AMPSD-S3N
P3V
I
3
CD-GND
-
4
I/O
5
CD-GND
-
6
-
7
SND-GND
SND-GND
ATBEEP-P3P
SND-P5V
SND-P5V
SND-P5V
P3V
-
8
-
9
-
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
-
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
I
I
-
-
-
-
-
I
-
-
SNDMUT-S3N
X14SND-P3P
M97SY1-P3P
M97OT1-P3P
M97RS1-P3N
M97BC1-P3P
M97IN1-P3P
E3V
I
GND
-
I/O
GND
-
I
GND
-
I
GND
-
I
GND
-
I
GND
-
I
E3V
-
-
M97SY2-P3P
M97OT2-P3P
M97RS2-S3N
M97IN2-E3P
SUSCLK
I
GND
-
-
I
I
GND
GND
-
I
GND
-
I
GND
-
SVSCL-P3P
FMSTS0-P3P
SPKON-P3N
I/O
O
I/O
SVSDA-P3P
VOLBYP-P3N
I/O
I/O
C-8
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.16 CN9650 SWITCH I/F connector (20-pin)
C.16 CN9650 SWITCH I/F connector (20-pin)
Table C-16
SWITCH I/F connector (20-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
M5V
I/O
1
3
PBLEDO-S3P
PBLEDB-S3P
PWRSW-S3N
CDBTN-S3N
GND
I
I
I
I
-
I
I
I
I
I
2
-
I
I
-
I
I
I
I
I
-
4
PBLEDG-S3P
TVBTN-S3N
GND
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
KBRT00-S3N
KBRT02-S3N
KBRT03-S3N
KBRT05-S3N
KBRT07-S3N
N.C.
11
13
15
17
19
KBRT01-S3N
KBSC16-S3N
KBRT04-S3N
KBRT06-S3N
PNLOFF-S3N
C.17 J4100 Network I/F connector (12-pin)
Table C-17
Network I/F connector (12-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
TDP-P3P
RDP-P3P
GND
I
2
4
TDN-P3N
GND
I
I
-
5
-
-
-
-
6
RDN-P3N
GND
I/O
-
7
GND
8
9
P3V
10
12
LNK-P3N
ACT-P3N
I/O
I/O
11
P3V
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
C-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C.18 CN4200 1394 I/F connector (4-pin)
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.18 CN4200 1394 I/F connector (4-pin)
Table C-18
1394 I/F connector (4-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
TPB0-E3N
TPA0-E3N
I/O
I/O
2
4
TPB0-E3P
TPA0-E3P
I/O
I/O
C.19 IS2101 MEDIA BRIDGE I/F connector (42-pin)
Table C-19
MEDIA BRIDGE I/F connector (42-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
MSDAT2-E3P
MSBS-E3P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
2
MSDAT3-E3P
GND
I/O
-
3
4
5
6
FM-E3V
-
7
MSCLK-E3P
MSCD-E3N
MSSDIO-E3P
MSBS-E3P
FM-E3V
I/O
O
8
MSDAT3-E3P
MSDAT2-E3P
MSDAT1-E3P
GND
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
I/O
I/O
-
MSCLK-E3P
MSSDIO-E3P
FM-E3V
I/O
I/O
-
GND
-
MSDAT1-E3P
SDAT3-E3P
SDAT1-E3P
MSDAT3-E3P
MSDAT1-E3P
GND
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
SDAT2-E3P
SDAT0-E3P
MSDAT2-E3P
MSSDIO-E3P
MSCLK-E3P
SDCMD-E3P
XDCE-E3N
SMRDY-E3P
GND
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I
XDWE-E3N
SMCLE-E3P
XDRE-E3N
SMCD-E3N
GND
I
I/O
I
I
I
-
-
SDCD-E3N
SDWP-E3P
O
GND
-
O
C-10
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.20 CN1400 Memory connector A (200-pin)
C.20 CN1400 Memory connector A (200-pin)
Table C-20
Memory connector A (200-pin) (1/3)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
MR1R25-B1V
GND
-
2
MRVREF-B1V
GND
-
-
3
-
4
5
SDQ00-B2P
SDQ04-B2P
2R5-B2V
I/O
I/O
-
6
SDQ06-B2P
SDQ01-B2P
2R5-B2V
GND
I/O
I/O
-
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
SDQS0-B2P
SDQ05-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
-
SDQ02-B2P
GND
I/O
-
SDQ03-B2P
SDQ13-B2P
2R5-B2V
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ07-B2P
SDQ12-B2P
2R5-B2V
SDQ09-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ08-B2P
SDQS1-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
I/O
-
GND
-
SDQ14-B2P
SDQ15-B2P
2R5-B2V
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ11-B2P
SDQ10-B2P
2R5-B2V
2R5-B2V
GND
I/O
I/O
-
SCK0-B2P
SCK0-B2N
GND
I
-
I
-
-
GND
-
SDQ20-B2P
SDQ16-B2P
2R5-B2V
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ22-B2P
SDQ21-B2P
2R5-B2V
GND
I/O
I/O
-
SDQS2-B2P
SDQ17-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
-
SDQ19-B2P
GND
I/O
-
SDQ18-B2P
SDQ25-B2P
2R5-B2V
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ23-B2P
SDQ29-B2P
2R5-B2V
SDQ28-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ24-B2P
SDQS3-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
I/O
-
GND
-
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
C-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C.20 CN1400 Memory connector A (200-pin)
Appendix C Pin Assignment
Table C-20
Memory connector A (200-pin) (2/3)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
65
67
SDQ26-B2P
SDQ27-B2P
2R5-B2V
SCB5A-B2P
SCB4A-B2P
GND
I/O
66
68
SDQ30-B2P
SDQ31-B2P
2R5-B2V
SCB0A-B2P
SCB1A-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
I/O
69
-
70
-
71
I/O
72
I/O
73
I/O
74
I/O
75
-
76
-
77
SDQS8A-B2P
SCB2A-B2P
2R5-B2V
SCB6A-B2P
N.C
I/O
78
GND
-
79
I/O
80
SCB3A-B2P
2R5-B2V
SCB7A-B2P
N.C
I/O
81
-
82
-
83
I/O
84
I/O
85
-
86
-
87
GND
-
88
GND
-
89
2R5-B2V
GND
-
90
GND
-
91
-
92
2R5-B2V
2R5-B2V
SCKEO-B2P
N.C
-
93
2R5-B2V
SCKE1-B2P
N.C
-
94
-
95
I
96
I
97
-
98
-
99
SMA12-B2P
SMA09-B2P
GND
I
100
102
104
106
108
110
112
114
116
118
120
122
124
126
128
130
132
134
SMA11-B2P
SMA08-B2P
GND
I
101
103
105
107
109
111
113
115
117
119
121
123
125
127
129
131
133
I
I
-
-
SMA07-B2P
SMA05-B2P
SMA03-B2P
SMA01-B2P
2R5-B2V
SMA10-B2P
SBS0-B2P
SWE-B2N
SCS0-B2N
N.C
I
SMA06-B2P
SMA04-B2P
SMA02-B2P
SMA00-B2P
2R5-B2V
SBS1-B2P
SRAS-B2N
SCAS-B2N
SCS1-B2N
N.C
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
GND
-
GND
-
SDQ37-B2P
SDQ36-B2P
2R5-B2V
SDQS4-B2P
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ33-B2P
SDQ32-B2P
2R5-B2V
GND
I/O
I/O
-
I/O
-
C-12
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.20 CN1400 Memory connector A (200-pin)
Table C-20
Memory connector A (200-pin) (3/3)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
135
137
139
141
143
145
147
149
151
153
155
157
159
161
163
165
167
169
171
173
175
177
179
181
183
185
187
189
191
193
195
197
199
SDQ34-B2P
GND
I/O
-
136
138
140
142
144
146
148
150
152
154
156
158
160
162
164
166
168
170
172
174
176
178
180
182
184
186
188
190
192
194
196
198
200
SDQ39-B2P
GND
I/O
-
SDQ38-B2P
SDQ44-B2P
2R5-B2V
SDQ45-B2P
SDQS5-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ35-B2P
SDQ41-B2P
2R5-B2V
SDQ40-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
I/O
I/O
-
I/O
-
GND
-
SDQ46-B2P
SDQ42-B2P
2R5-B2V
2R5-B2V
GND
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ47-B2P
SDQ43-B2P
2R5-B2V
SCK1-B2N
SCK1-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
-
I
-
I
GND
-
-
SDQ48-B2P
SDQ53-B2P
2R5-B2V
SDQS6-B2P
SDQ51-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ54-B2P
SDQ49-B2P
2R5-B2V
GND
I/O
I/O
-
I/O
I/O
-
-
SDQ50-B2P
GND
I/O
-
SDQ52-B2P
SDQ60-B2P
2R5-B2V
SDQ56-B2P
SDQS7-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ55-B2P
SDQ57-B2P
2R5-B2V
SDQ61-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
I/O
I/O
-
I/O
-
GND
-
SDQ58-B2P
SDQ59-B2P
2R5-B2V
SMBDAT-P3P
SMBCLK-P3P
P3V
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ63-B2P
SDQ62-B2P
2R5-B2V
GND
I/O
I/O
-
I/O
I
-
GND
-
-
GND
-
N.C
-
N.C
-
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
C-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C.21 CN1401 Memory connector B (200-pin)
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.21 CN1401 Memory connector B (200-pin)
Table C-21
Memory connector B (200-pin) (1/3)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
MRVREF-B1V
GND
-
2
MRVREF-B1V
GND
-
-
3
-
4
5
SDQ00-B2P
SDQ04-B2P
2R5-B2V
I/O
I/O
-
6
SDQ06-B2P
SDQ01-B2P
2R5-B2V
GND
I/O
I/O
-
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
SDQS0-B2P
SDQ05-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
-
SDQ02-B2P
GND
I/O
-
SDQ03-B2P
SDQ13-B2P
2R5-B2V
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ07-B2P
SDQ12-B2P
2R5-B2V
SDQ09-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ08-B2P
SDQS1-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
I/O
-
GND
-
SDQ14-B2P
SDQ15-B2P
2R5-B2V
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ11-B2P
SDQ10-B2P
2R5-B2V
2R5-B2V
GND
I/O
I/O
-
SCK3-B2P
SCK3-B2N
GND
I
-
I
-
-
GND
-
SDQ20-B2P
SDQ16-B2P
2R5-B2V
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ22-B2P
SDQ21-B2P
2R5-B2V
GND
I/O
I/O
-
SDQS2-B2P
SDQ17-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
-
SDQ19-B2P
GND
I/O
-
SDQ18-B2P
SDQ25-B2P
2R5-B2V
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ23-B2P
SDQ29-B2P
2R5-B2V
SDQ28-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ24-B2P
SDQS3-B2P
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
C-14
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.21 CN1401 Memory connector B (200-pin)
Table C-21
Memory connector B (200-pin) (2/3)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
63
65
GND
-
64
66
GND
-
SDQ26-B2P
SDQ27-B2P
2R5-B2V
SCB5B-B2P
SCB4B-B2P
GND
I/O
SDQ30-B2P
SDQ31-B2P
2R5-B2V
SCB0B-B2P
SCB1B-B2P
GND
I/O
67
I/O
68
I/O
69
-
70
-
71
I/O
72
I/O
73
I/O
74
I/O
75
-
76
-
77
SDQS8B-B2P
SCB2B-B2P
2R5-B2V
SCB6B-B2P
N.C
I/O
78
GND
-
79
I/O
80
SCB3B-B2P
2R5-B2V
SCB7B-B2P
N.C
I/O
81
-
82
-
83
I/O
84
I/O
85
-
86
-
87
GND
-
88
GND
-
89
2R5-B2V
GND
-
90
GND
-
91
-
92
2R5-B2V
2R5-B2V
SCKE2-B2P
N.C
-
93
2R5-B2V
SCKE3-B2P
N.C
-
94
-
95
I
96
I
97
-
98
-
99
SMA12-B2P
SMA09-B2P
GND
I
100
102
104
106
108
110
112
114
116
118
120
122
124
126
128
130
132
134
SMA11-B2P
SMA08-B2P
GND
I
101
103
105
107
109
111
113
115
117
119
121
123
125
127
129
131
133
I
I
-
-
SMA07-B2P
SMA05-B2P
SMA03-B2P
SMA01-B2P
2R5-B2V
SMA10-B2P
SBS0-B2P
SWE-B2N
SCS2-B2N
N.C
I
SMA06-B2P
SMA04-B2P
SMA02-B2P
SMA00-B2P
2R5-B2V
SBS1-B2P
SRAS-B2N
SCAS-B2N
SCS3-B2N
N.C
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
GND
-
GND
-
SDQ37-B2P
SDQ36-B2P
2R5-B2V
SDQS4-B2P
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ33-B2P
SDQ32-B2P
2R5-B2V
GND
I/O
I/O
-
I/O
-
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
C-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C.21 CN1401 Memory connector B (200-pin)
Appendix C Pin Assignment
Table C-21 Memory connector B (200-pin) (3/3)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
135
137
139
141
143
145
147
149
151
153
155
157
159
161
163
165
167
169
171
173
175
177
179
181
183
185
187
189
191
193
195
197
199
SDQ34-B2P
GND
I/O
-
136
138
140
142
144
146
148
150
152
154
156
158
160
162
164
166
168
170
172
174
176
178
180
182
184
186
188
190
192
194
196
198
200
SDQ39-B2P
GND
I/O
-
SDQ38-B2P
SDQ44-B2P
2R5-B2V
SDQ45-B2P
SDQS5-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ35-B2P
SDQ41-B2P
2R5-B2V
SDQ40-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
I/O
I/O
-
I/O
-
GND
-
SDQ46-B2P
SDQ42-B2P
2R5-B2V
2R5-B2V
GND
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ47-B2P
SDQ43-B2P
2R5-B2V
SCK4-B2N
SCK4-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
-
I
-
I
GND
-
-
SDQ48-B2P
SDQ53-B2P
2R5-B2V
SDQS6-B2P
SDQ51-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ54-B2P
SDQ49-B2P
2R5-B2V
GND
I/O
I/O
-
I/O
I/O
-
-
SDQ50-B2P
GND
I/O
-
SDQ52-B2P
SDQ60-B2P
2R5-B2V
SDQ56-B2P
SDQS7-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ55-B2P
SDQ57-B2P
2R5-B2V
SDQ61-B2P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
I/O
I/O
-
I/O
-
GND
-
SDQ58-B2P
SDQ59-B2P
2R5-B2V
SMBDAT-P3P
SMBCLK-P3P
P3V
I/O
I/O
-
SDQ63-B2P
SDQ62-B2P
2R5-B2V
P3V
I/O
I/O
-
I/O
I
-
GND
-
-
GND
-
N.C
-
N.C
-
C-16
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.22 CN2200 Mini PCI I/F connector (124-pin)
C.22 CN2200 Mini PCI I/F connector (124-pin)
Table C-22
Mini PCI I/F connector (124-pin) (1/2)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
N.C.
-
2
N.C.
-
-
3
N.C.
-
4
N.C.
5
N.C.
-
6
N.C.
-
7
N.C.
-
8
N.C.
-
9
N.C.
-
-
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
N.C.
-
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
N.C.
N.C.
-
WLON-S5N
GND
I
N.C.
-
-
N.C.
-
PIRQD-P3N
P3V
I
P5V
-
-
PIRQA-P3N
N.C.
O
-
N.C.
-
GND
-
E3V
-
X33MPC-P3P
GND
I
PCIRS1-S3N
P3V
O
-
-
PREQ2-P3N
P3V
I
PGNT2-P3N
GND
O
-
-
AD31-P3P
AD29-P3P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
PME-S3N
WCHCLK-P3P
AD30-P3P
P3V
O
O
I/O
-
AD27-P3P
AD25-P3P
WCHDAT-P3P
CBE3-P3N
AD23-P3P
GND
I/O
I/O
O
I/O
I/O
-
AD28-P3P
AD26-P3P
AD24-P3P
AD21-P3P
GND
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
AD21-P3P
AD19-P3P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
AD22-P3P
AD20-P3P
PAR-P3P
AD18-P3P
AD16-P3P
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
AD17-P3P
CBE2-P3N
I/O
I/O
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
C-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C.22 CN2200 Mini PCI I/F connector (124-pin)
Appendix C Pin Assignment
Table C-22 Mini PCI I/F connector (124-pin)(2/2)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
61
63
IRDY-P3N
P3V
I/O
62
64
GND
-
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
-
FRAME-P3N
TRDY-P3N
STOP-P3N
P3V
65
CLKRUN-P3N
SERR-P3N
GND
I/O
66
67
I
68
69
-
70
71
PERR-P3N
CBE1-P3N
AD14-P3P
GND
I/O
72
DEVSEL-P3N
GND
I/0
-
73
I/O
74
75
I/O
76
AD15-P3P
AD13-P3P
AD11-P3P
GND
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
77
-
78
79
AD12-P3P
AD10-P3P
GND
I/O
80
81
I/O
82
83
-
84
AD09-P3P
CBE0-P3N
P3V
I/O
I/O
-
85
AD08-P3P
AD07-P3P
P3V
I/O
86
87
I/O
88
89
-
90
AD06-P3P
AD04-P3P
AD02-P3P
AD00-P3P
N.C.
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
91
AD05-P3P
N.C.
I/O
92
93
-
94
95
AD03-P3P
P5V
I/O
96
97
-
I/O
-
98
99
AD01-P3P
GND
100
102
104
106
108
110
112
114
116
118
120
122
124
N.C.
-
101
103
105
107
109
111
113
115
117
119
121
123
GND
-
N.C.
-
GND
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
GND
-
GND
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
GND
-
N.C.
-
GND
-
GND
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
E3V
-
C-18
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.23 CN2400 WW Tuner I/F connector (124-pin)
C.23 CN2400 WW Tuner I/F connector (124-pin)
Table C-23
WW Tuner I/F connector (124-pin) (1/2)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
N.C.
-
2
N.C.
-
-
3
N.C.
-
4
N.C.
5
N.C.
-
6
N.C.
-
7
N.C.
-
8
N.C.
-
9
GND
-
-
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
GND
-
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
N.C.
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
GND
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
T-P5V
-
P3V
-
PIRQD-P3N
N.C.
O
-
N.C.
-
GND
-
N.C.
-
X33MPT-P3P
GND
I
PCIRS1-S3N
P3V
O
-
-
PREQ1-P3N
T-P3V
I
PGNT1-P3N
GND
O
-
-
AD31-P3P
AD29-P3P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
AD30-P3P
T-P3V
I/O
-
AD27-P3P
AD25-P3P
N.C.
I/O
I/O
-
AD28-P3P
AD26-P3P
AD24-P3P
AD25-P3P
GND
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
CBE3-P3N
AD23-P3P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
AD21-P3P
AD19-P3P
GND
I/O
I/O
-
AD22-P3P
AD20-P3P
PAR-P3P
AD18-P3P
AD16-P3P
GND
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
AD17-P3P
CBE2-P3N
IRDY-P3N
I/O
I/O
I/O
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
C-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C.23 CN2400 WW Tuner I/F connector (124-pin)
Appendix C Pin Assignment
Table C-23
WW Tuner I/F connector (124-pin)(2/2)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
63
65
T-P3V
-
64
66
FRAME-P3N
TRDY-P3N
STOP-P3N
T-P3V
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
CLKRUN-P3N
SERR-P3N
GND
I/O
67
I
68
69
-
70
71
PERR-P3N
CBE1-P3N
AD14-P3P
GND
I/O
72
DEVSEL-P3N
GND
I/0
-
73
I/O
74
75
I/O
76
AD15-P3P
AD13-P3P
AD11-P3P
GND
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
77
-
78
79
AD12-P3P
AD10-P3P
GND
I/O
80
81
I/O
82
83
-
84
AD09-P3P
CBE0-P3N
T-P3V
I/O
I/O
-
85
AD08-P3P
AD07-P3P
T-P3V
I/O
86
87
I/O
88
89
-
90
AD06-P3P
AD04-P3P
AD02-P3P
AD00-P3P
T-P5V
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
91
AD05-P3P
T-P5V
I/O
92
93
-
94
95
AD03-P3P
T-P5V
I/O
96
97
-
I/O
-
98
99
AD01-P3P
GND
100
102
104
106
108
110
112
114
116
118
120
122
124
N.C.
-
101
103
105
107
109
111
113
115
117
119
121
123
GND
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
TMPTUN-SXP
GND
I/O
-
N.C.
-
GND
-
GND
-
N.C.
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
GND
-
N.C.
-
N.C.
-
T-P5V
-
N.C.
-
C-20
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.24 CN3201 PAD I/F connector (4-pin)
C.24 CN3201 PAD I/F connector (4-pin)
Table C-24
PAD I/F connector (4-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
GND
-
2
4
IPDCLK-P5P
GND
I/O
-
IPDDAT-P5P
I/O
C.25 PJ5600 LCD I/F connector (41-pin)
Table C-25
LCD I/F connector (41-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
BRT0-P5P
BRT2DA-S3P
N.C.
O
2
BRT1-P5P
GND
O
-
3
O
4
5
-
6
GND
-
7
GND
-
8
GND
-
9
PNL0-P3P
NV3SCL-P3P
GND
O
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
P3V
-
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
I/O
NV3SDA-P3P
TXCK0-P3N
GND
I/O
I
-
I
I
-
I
I
-
I
I
I
I
-
-
-
-
TXCK0-P3P
TXDT0-P3N
GND
-
TXDT0-P3P
TXDT1-P3N
GND
O
O
-
TXDT1-P3P
TXDT2-P3N
GND
TXDT2-P3P
FL-P5V
O
I
FL-P5V
FL-P5V
I
FL-P5V
FL-P5V
I
FL-P5V
PNL-P3V
PNL1-P3P
PNL2-P3P
GND
I
PNL-P3V
GND
O
O
-
GND
GND
GND
-
GND
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
C-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C.26 CN5080 CRT I/F connector (15-pin)
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.26 CN5080 CRT I/F connector (15-pin)
Table C-26 CRT I/F connector (15-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
CRTRED-PXP
I
2
CRTGRN-
PXP
I
3
5
CRTBLU-PXP
GND
I
-
4
6
N.C
-
-
GND
7
GND
-
8
GND
-
9
DDC-P5V
N.C
I
10
12
14
GND
-
11
13
-
NVDSDA-P5P
I/O
I/O
(AHSYNC-
P3P)
O
(AVSYNC-
P3P)
15
NVDSCL-P5P
I/O
C.27 CN5501 S-video I/F connector (4-pin)
Table C-27 S-video I/F connector (4-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
GND
-
I
2
4
GND
-
I
(TADACC-
PXP)
(TVDACB-
PXP)
C.28 CN3400 Debug port (4-pin)
Table C-28 Debug port (4-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
P3V
(TXD1)
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
-
I
2
4
DBGRX-E3P
GND
O
-
C-22
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.29 CN5502 D-video I/F connector (14-pin)
C.29 CN5502 D-video I/F connector (14-pin)
Table C-29 D-video I/F connector (14-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
HDTVY-PXP
HDTVPB-PXP
HDTVPR-PXP
LINOTL-PXP
(LINE2)
I
2
4
GND
-
I
GND
-
5
I
I
6
GND
-
7
8
(LINE1)
LINOTR-PXP
GND
I/O
9
I/O
I/O
I
10
12
14
I
11
13
(LINE3)
-
-
LINOT-GND
P5V
C.30 CN5801 TV Input connector (14-pin)
Table C-30 TV Input connector (14-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
GND
-
2
4
GND
-
-
CHRMIN-PXP
LUMAIN-PXP
GND
O
O
-
GND
5
6
GND
-
7
8
COMPIN-PXP
GND
O
-
9
GND
-
10
12
14
11
13
LINOTL-PXP
LINOTR-PXP
O
O
LINOT-GND
GND
O
-
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
C-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C.31 CN3000 MDC I/F connector (30-pin)
Appendix C Pin Assignment
SD Board (FCLSD*)
C.31 CN3000 MDC I/F connector (30-pin)
Table C-31
MDC I/F connector (30-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
N.C
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I
2
GND
-
-
3
GND
4
N.C
5
N.C
6
N.C
-
7
N.C
8
GND
-
9
N.C
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
N.C
-
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
N.C
N.C
-
N.C
N.C
-
GND
E3V
-
E3V
N.C
-
GND
GND
-
N.C
M97SY2-P3P
N.C
I
M97OT2-P3P
M97RS2-S3N
GND
-
I
M97IN2-E3P
GND
O
-
-
-
GND
X97BC2-P3P
I/O
C.32 CN4620 USB I/F Relay connector (8-pin)
Table C-32
USB I/F Relay connector (8-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
5
7
(VCC)
(Port4+)
GND
-
I/O
-
2
4
6
8
(VCC)
(Port4-)
GND
-
I/O
-
GND
-
N.C.
-
C-24
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.33 CN4621 USB I/F connector (port 4) (4-pin)
C.33 CN4621 USB I/F connector (port 4) (4-pin)
Table C-33
USB I/F connector (port 4) (4-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
(USBV)
(D+0)
-
2
4
(D-0)
GND
I/O
-
I/O
C.34 CN6002 Speaker (left) connector (3-pin)
Table C-34
Speaker (left) connector (3-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
SPOTR-PXN
SPOTL-PXP
O
O
2
SPOTR-PXP
O
C.35 CN6003 Speaker (right) connector (2-pin)
Table C-35
Speaker (right) connector (2-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
SPOTR-PXN
O
2
SPOTR-PXP
O
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
C-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C.36 CN9550 Sound jack board I/F connector (21-pin)
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.36 CN9550 Sound jack board I/F connector (21-pin)
Table C-36
Sound jack board I/F connector (21-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
VREF1-P2V
LOUTL-PXP
LOUTR-PXP
VOLOL-PXP
VOLOR-PXP
HEADL-PXP
HEADR-PXP
A4R7-P4V
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
I
I
I
2
4
MICIN-PXP
A-GND
I
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
I
5
6
A-GND
7
8
A-GND
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
A-GND
11
13
15
17
19
21
A-GND
A4R7-P4V
SPKEN-P4P
DOUT-P3P
GND
SPD3V-P3V
SDPJIN-P3N
VOLBYP-P3N
I
-
C-26
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.37 CN9510 System board I/F connector (50-pin)
C.37 CN9510 System board I/F connector (50-pin)
Table C-37
System board I/F connector (50-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
SPKON-P3N
FMTST0-P3P
SVSCL-P3P
SUSCLK-P3P
M97IN2-E3P
M97RS2-S3N
M97OT2-P3P
M97SY2-P3P
E3V
-
2
VOLBYP-P3N
SVSDA-P3P
GND
I/O
3
I
4
I/O
5
I/O
6
-
-
7
O
8
GND
9
I
I
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
GND
-
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
GND
-
I
GND
-
I
E3V
-
-
M97IN1-E3P
M97BC1-P3P
M97RS1-P3N
M97OT1-P3P
M97SY1-P3P
X14SND-P3P
SNDMUT-S3N
P3V
I
GND
-
I
GND
-
I
GND
-
I
GND
-
I
GND
-
I/O
I
GND
-
P3V
-
-
AMPSD-S3N
SND-P5V
SND-P5V
PCBEEP-E3P
SND-GND
SND-GND
SND-GND
CDAUDR-PXP
CDAUDL-PXP
I
SND-P5V
SND-P5V
SND-P5V
ATBEEP-P3P
SND-GND
SND-GND
CD-GND
-
-
-
-
-
I
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I/O
I
CD-GND
-
CD-GND
-
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
C-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C.38 J2410 TV Antenna connector (4-pin)
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.38 J2410 TV Antenna connector (4-pin)
Table C-38
TV antenna connector (4-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
(CN9611-3)
(CN9611-2)
I/O
I/O
2
4
(CN9611-1)
(CN9611-4)
I/O
I/O
C.39 CN2410 Coaxial connector (4-pin)
Table C-39
Coaxial connector (4-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
(CN9610-2)
(CN9610-1)
I/O
I/O
2
4
(CN9610-3)
(CN9610-4)
I/O
I/O
C.40 J9612 Composite-in connector (5-pin)
Table C-40
Composite-in connector (5-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
5
LINR-PXP
COMPIN-PXP
TV-GND
O
O
-
2
4
TV-GND
-
LINL-PXP
O
C.41 CN9613 S-video connector (4-pin)
Table C-41
S-video connector (4-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
TV-GND
-
2
4
TV-GND
-
LUMAIN-PXP
O
CROMIN-PXP
O
C-28
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.42 CN9614 TV-tuner connector (12-pin)
C.42 CN9614 TV-tuner connector (12-pin)
Table C-42
TV-tuner connector (12-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
TV-GND
TV-GND
TV-GND
TV-GND
TV-GND
TV-GND
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
4
LINL-PXP
I
I
I
I
I
-
LINR-PXP
5
6
COMP01-PXP
LUMA01-PXP
CROM01-PXP
TV-GND
7
8
9
10
12
11
C.43 CN9615 SVP connector (14-pin)
Table C-43
SVP connector (14-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
TV-GND
-
I
I
-
-
I
I
2
4
TV-GND
TV-GND
TV-GND
COMP02-PXP
TV-GND
A-GND
-
-
-
I
CROM02-PXP
LUMA02-PXP
TV-GND
5
6
7
8
9
TV-P5V
10
12
14
-
-
-
11
13
LINOTL-PXP
LINOTR-PXP
TV-GND
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
C-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C.44 CN6000 Internal Microphone I/F connector (2-pin)
Appendix C Pin Assignment
SJ board (FCLSJ*)
C.44 CN6000 Internal Microphone I/F connector (2-pin)
Table C-44
Internal Microphone I/F connector (2-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
(VREF1-P2V)
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
I
2
A-GND
-
C.45 J6001 External Microphone I/F connector (6-pin)
Table C-45
External Microphone I/F connector (6-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
5
A-GND
(BIAS)
N.C.
-
O
-
2
4
6
(MICIN-PXP)
N.C.
O
-
(VREF1-P2V)
O
C.46 DS6000 Headphone connector (8-pin)
Table C-46
Headphone connector (8-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
3
5
7
9
SPKEN-P4P
HEADR-PXP
SDPJIN-P3N
DOUT-P3P
GND
2
4
HEADL-PXP
A-GND
I
I
I
-
I
8
SPD3V-P3V
-
C-30
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C.47 CN9560 Sound board I/F connector (21-pin)
C.47 CN9560 Sound board I/F connector (21-pin)
Table C-47
Sound board I/F connector (21-pin)
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
PIN No.
Signal name
I/O
1
VREF1-P2V
LOUTL-PXP
LOUTR-PXP
VOLOL-PXP
VOLOR-PXP
HEADL-PXP
HEADR-PXP
A4R7-P4V
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
-
2
4
MICIN-PXP
A-GND
O
-
3
5
6
A-GND
-
7
8
A-GND
-
9
10
12
14
16
18
20
A-GND
-
11
13
15
17
19
21
A-GND
-
A4R7-P4V
SPKEN-P4P
DOUT-P3P
GND
-
O
O
-
SPD3V-P3V
SDPJIN-P3N
VOLBYP-P3N
O
O
O
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
C-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
C.47 CN9560 Sound board I/F connector (21-pin)
Appendix C Pin Assignment
C-32
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D
Keyboard Scan/Character Codes
Appendix D Keyboard Scan/Character Codes
Table D-1 Scan codes (set 1 and set 2) (1/4)
Code set 1
Code set 2
Break
Cap
No.
Keytop
Note
Make
Break
Make
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
‘ ~
1 !
29
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
0A
0B
0C
0D
A9
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
8A
8B
8C
8D
0E
16
1E
26
25
2E
36
3D
3E
46
45
4E
55
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
0E
16
1E
26
25
2E
36
3D
3E
46
45
4E
55
2 @
3 #
4 $
5 %
6 ^
7 &
8 *
*2
*2
*2
9 (
0 )
- _
= +
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
BkSp
Tab
Q
0E
0F
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
13
19
1A
1B
8E
8F
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
9A
9B
66
0D
15
1D
24
2D
2C
35
3C
43
44
4D
54
5B
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
66
0D
15
1D
24
2D
2C
35
3C
43
44
4D
54
5B
W
E
R
T
Y
U
*2
*2
*2
*2
I
O
P
[ {
] }
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
D-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D Keyboard Scan/Character Codes
Table D-1 Scan codes (set 1 and set 2) (2/4)
Code set 1
Code set 2
Break
Cap
No.
Keytop
Note
Make
Break
Make
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
\ |
2B
3A
1E
1F
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
AB
BA
9E
9F
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
5D
58
1C
1B
23
2B
34
33
3B
42
4B
4C
52
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
5D
58
1C
1B
23
2B
34
33
3B
42
4B
4C
52
*5
Caps Lock
A
S
D
F
G
H
J
*2
*2
*2
*2
K
L
; :
‘ “
43
44
45
Enter
1C
2A
56
9C
AA
D6
5A
12
61
F0
F0
F0
5A
12
61
*3
Shift (L)
No.102
key
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Z
X
2C
2D
2E
2F
30
31
32
33
34
35
AC
AD
AE
AF
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
1A
22
21
2A
32
31
3A
41
49
4A
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
1A
22
21
2A
32
31
3A
41
49
4A
C
V
B
N
M
*2
*2
*2
*2
, <
. >
/ ?
57
Shift (R)
36
B6
59
F0
59
D-2
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D Keyboard Scan/Character Codes
Table D-1 Scan codes (set 1 and set 2) (3/4)
Code set 1
Code set 2
Break
Cap
No.
Keytop
Note
Make
Break
Make
58
Ctrl
1D
9D
14
F0
14
*3
60
61
62
Alt (L)
Space
38
39
B8
B9
11
29
F0
F0
11
29
11
*3
ALT (R)
E0
38
E0
B8
E0
11
E0
F0
75
76
Ins
E0
E0
52
53
E0
E0
D2
D3
E0
E0
70
71
E0
E0
F0
F0
70
71
*1
*1
Del
79
80
81
E0
E0
E0
4B
47
4F
E0
E0
E0
CB E0
C7 E0
CF E0
6B
6C
69
E0
E0
E0
F0
F0
F0
6B
6C
69
*1
*1
*1
? ?
Home
End
83
84
85
86
E0
E0
E0
E0
48
50
49
51
E0
E0
E0
E0
C8
D0
C9
D1
E0
E0
E0
E0
75
72
7D
7A
E0
E0
E0
E0
F0
F0
F0
F0
75
72
7D
7A
*1
*1
*1
*1
? ?
? ?
PgUp
PgDn
?
89
E0
4D
E0
CD E0
74
E0
F0
74
*1
? ?
110
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
Esc
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
F10
01
81
76
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
76
3B
3C
3D
3E
3F
40
41
42
43
44
BB
BC
BD
BE
BF
C0
C1
C2
C3
C4
05
06
04
0C
03
0B
83
0A
01
09
05
06
04
0C
03
0B
83
0A
01
09
*3
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
D-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D Keyboard Scan/Character Codes
Table D-1 Scan codes (set 1 and set 2) (4/4)
Cap
No.
Code set 1
Make Break
Code set 2
Break
Keytop
Note
Make
78
122
123
124
F11
F12
57
58
*6
D7
D8
*6
F0
F0
*6
78
07
*3
*3
*6
07
*6
PrintSc
126
Pause
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*4
202
203
204
Fn
—
—
5B E0
5D E0
—
DB E0
DD E0
—
1F E0
2F E0
Win
App
E0
E0
F0
F0
1F
2F
Notes:
1. * Scan codes differ by mode.
2. * Scan codes differ by overlay function.
3. * Combined with the Fn key makes different codes.
4. * Fn key does not generate a code by itself.
5. * This key corresponds to key No. 42 in a 102-key model.
6. * Refer to Table D-6, No. 124 key scan code.
7. * Refer to Table D-7, No. 126 key scan code.
D-4
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D Keyboard Scan/Character Codes
Table D-2 Scan codes with left Shift key
Cap
No.
Key
top
Code set 1
Code set 2
Make
Break
Make
Break
55
75
/
E0 AA E0 35 E0 B5 E0 2A E0 F0 12 E0 4A E0 F0 4A E0 12
E0 AA E0 52 E0 D2 E0 2A E0 F0 12 E0 70 E0 F0 70 E0 12
INS
76
DEL E0 AA E0 53 E0 D3 E0 2A E0 F0 12 E0 71 E0 F0 71 E0 12
E0 AA E0 4B E0 CB E0 2A E0 F0 12 E0 6B E0 F0 6B E0 12
Home E0 AA E0 47 E0 C7 E0 2A E0 F0 12 E0 6C E0 F0 6C E0 12
79
? ?
80
81
End
? ?
E0 AA E0 4F E0 CF E0 2A E0 F0 12 E0 69 E0 F0 69 E0 12
E0 AA E0 48 E0 C8 E0 2A E0 F0 12 E0 75 E0 F0 75 E0 12
E0 AA E0 50 E0 D0 E0 2A E0 F0 12 E0 72 E0 F0 72 E0 12
83
84
? ?
85
PgUp E0 AA E0 49 E0 C9 E0 2A E0 F0 12 E0 7D E0 F0 7D E0 12
PgDn E0 AA E0 51 E0 D1 E0 2A E0 F0 12 E0 7A E0 F0 7A E0 12
86
89
E0 AA E0 4D E0 CD E0 2A E0 F0 12 E0 74 E0 F0 74 E0 12
E0 AA E0 5B E0 DB E0 2A E0 F0 12 E0 1F E0 F0 1F E0 12
E0 AA E0 5D E0 DD E0 2A E0 F0 12 E0 2F E0 F0 2F E0 12
? ?
Win
App
203
204
Note : The table above shows scan codes with the left Shift key. In combination with
the right Shift key, scan codes are changed as listed below:
With left Shift
With right Shift
Set 1
Set 2
E0 AA ___________E0 B6
E0 2A ____________E0 36
E0 F0 12 _________E0 F0 59
E0 12 ____________E0 59
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
D-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D Keyboard Scan/Character Codes
Table D-3 Scan codes in Numlock mode
Cap
No.
Key
top
Code set 1
Code set 2
Make
Break
Make
Break
75
76
INS
DEL
? ?
E0 2A E0 52 E0 D2 E0 AA E0 12 E0 70 E0 F0 70 E0 F0 12
E0 2A E0 53 E0 D3 E0 AA E0 12 E0 71 E0 F0 71 E0 F0 12
E0 2A E0 4B E0 CB E0 AA E0 12 E0 6B E0 F0 6B E0 F0 12
79
80
Home E0 2A E0 47 E0 C7 E0 AA E0 12 E0 6C E0 F0 6C E0 F0 12
81
End
E0 2A E0 4F E0 CF E0 AA E0 12 E0 69 E0 F0 69 E0 F0 12
E0 2A E0 48 E0 C8 E0 AA E0 12 E0 75 E0 F0 75 E0 F0 12
E0 2A E0 50 E0 D0 E0 AA E0 12 E0 72 E0 F0 72 E0 F0 12
E0 2A E0 49 E0 C9 E0 AA E0 12 E0 7D E0 F0 7D E0 F0 12
E0 2A E0 51 E0 D1 E0 AA E0 12 E0 7A E0 F0 7A E0 F0 12
E0 2A E0 4D E0 CD E0 AA E0 12 E0 74 E0 F0 74 E0 F0 12
E0 2A E0 5B E0 DB E0 AA E0 12 E0 1F E0 F0 1F E0 F0 12
E0 2A E0 5D E0 DD E0 AA E0 12 E0 2F E0 F0 2F E0 F0 12
83
? ?
84
? ?
85
PgUp
PgDn
86
89
? ?
Win
App
203
204
Table D-4 Scan codes with Fn key
Cap
Code set 1
Make Break
1C
Code set 2
Break
No.
Keytop
Make
5A
43
58
ENT
CTRL
E0
E0
E0
E0
E0
E0
9C
9D
B8
E0
E0
E0
E0
E0
E0
F0
F0
F0
5A
14
11
1D
38
14
11
60
LALT
121
122
123
ARROW
45
45
46
C5
77
77
7E
F0
F0
F0
77
77
7E
NUMERIC
Scrl
C5
C5
D-6
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D Keyboard Scan/Character Codes
Table D-5 Scan codes in overlay mode
Cap
No.
Code set 1
Break
Code set 2
Break
Keytop
(8)
Make
Make
09
10
8
9
48
49
C8
C9
75
F0
F0
75
(9)
(*)
7D
7D
11
23
24
25
26
37
38
39
40
52
54
55
0
U
I
37
4B
4C
4D
4A
4F
50
51
4E
52
53
B7
CB
CC
CD
CA
CF
D0
D1
CE
D2
D3
7C
6B
73
74
7B
69
72
7A
79
70
71
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
F0
7C
6B
73
74
7B
69
72
7A
79
70
71
(4)
(5)
(6)
(–)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(+)
(0)
(.)
O
P
J
K
L
;
M
.
/
(/)
E0
35
E0
B5
40
4A
E0
F0
4A
Table D-6 No.124 key scan code
Key
top
Code set 1
Code set 2
Shift
Make
Break
Make
Break
Prt Sc Common E0 2A E0 37 E0 B7 E0 AA E0 12 E0 7C E0 F0 7C E0 F0 12
E0 37
E0 37
54
E0 B7
E0 B7
D4
E0 7C
E0 7C
84
E0 F0 7C
E0 F0 7C
F0 B4
Ctrl ?
Shift ?
Alt ?
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
D-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix D Keyboard Scan/Character Codes
Table D-7 No.126 key scan code
Key
top
Shift
Code set 1
Make
Code set 2
Make
Pause Common* E1 1D 45
Ctrl*
E1 9D C5 E1
E0
14 77 E1 F0 14
7E E0 F0 7E
F0 77
E0 46 E0 C6
*: This key generates only make codes.
D-8
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix E
Key Layout
Appendix E Key Layout
E.1 Keyboard Layout
Figure E-1 Keyboard layout (for US)
Figure E-2 Keyboard layout (for UK)
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
E-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
E.1 Keyboard Layout
Appendix E Key Layout
E-2
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix F
Appendix F Wiring Diagrams
F.1 LAN Loopback Connector
(1) BIBAP ‘(TX+)
(2) BIDAN (TX-)
(3) BIDBP (RX+)
(4) BIDBN (RX-)
Figure F-1 LAN loopback connector
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
F-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
F.1 LAN Loopback Connector
Appendix F Wiring Diagrams
F-2
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G
Appendix G BIOS Rewrite Procedures
This Appendix explains how to rewrite the system BIOS program when you update the
system BIOS.
Tools
To rewrite the BIOS, you need the following tool:
? BIOS/EC/KBC rewriting disk
Rewriting the BIOS
NOTE: 1. Connect the AC adapter to the computer when you rewrite the BIOS.
2. Do not turn off the power while you are rewriting the BIOS.
If the rewrite fails, it might be impossible to start up the computer.
3. If you fail to rewrite BIOS, then when you next turn on the power, a message
may be displayed that the contents of the BIOS have been erased. In this
case, insert the BIOS/EC/KBC rewriting disk, and the BIOS will be
rewritten.
1. Set the system to boot mode.
2. Turn off the power to the computer.
3. Remove the external cables and cards.
4. Connect an external FDD and insert the BIOS/EC/KBC rewriting disk into the
external FDD.
5. Turn on the power while holding down the No. 01 key.
For example
(US Keyboard)
(UK Keyboard)
(Keep holding down the key until a message appears on the screen.)
The BIOS rewriting starts.
6. When the process is completed, a beep sounds. Eject the BIOS/EC/KBC rewriting
disk and the system is automatically restart.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
G-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix G BIOS Rewrite Procedures
G-2
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix H
Appendix H EC/KBC Rewrite Procedures
This Appendix explains how to rewrite the EC/KBC system program when you update the
EC/KBC system.
Tools
To rewrite the EC/KBC, you need the following tool:
? EC/KBC rewriting disk for the computer
Rewriting the EC/KBC
NOTE: 1. Rewrite the EC/KBS only when instructed by a diagnostic disk release
notice.
2. Connect the AC adapter to the computer when you rewrite the EC/KBC.
3. Do not turn off the power while you are rewriting the EC/KBC.
If the rewrite fails, it might be impossible to start up the computer.
4. If you fail to rewrite EC/KBC, then when you next turn on the power, a
message may be displayed that the contents of the EC/KBC have been
erased. In this case, insert the EC/KBC rewriting disk, and the EC/KBC
will be rewritten.
5. Normally it takes about 30 seconds to rewrite the EC/KBC. It may take 3
minutes (maximum), depending on the conditions of the computer or ICs.
The computer is not hung up. Allow sufficient time. Never reboot or turn
off the power to the computer before the rewriting is completed.
1. Set the system to boot mode.
2. Turn off the power to the computer.
3. Remove the external cables and cards.
4. Connect an external FDD and insert the EC/KBC rewriting disk into the external
FDD.
5. Turn on the power while holding down the Tab key. (Keep holding down the key
until a message appears on the screen.) The EC/KBC rewriting starts.
6. When the EC/KBC rewrite is completed, a beep sounds and the system is
automatically turned off.
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
H-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix H EC/KBC Rewrite Procedures
H-2
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix I
Reliability
Appendix I Reliability
The following table shows MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures) in maximum configuration.
Table I-1 MTBF
Component
System
Time (hours)
5,277
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
I-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix I Reliability
I-2
QOSMIO F10 Maintenance Manual (960-498)
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|